80_FR_51152 80 FR 50990 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska

80 FR 50990 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 80, Issue 162 (August 21, 2015)

Page Range50990-51018
FR Document2015-20605

NMFS is issuing an Authorization in response to a request from ExxonMobil Alaska LNG LLC (EMALL) for an authorization to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a geophysical and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, AK, for 84 days between August 14, 2015 and August 13, 2016.

Federal Register, Volume 80 Issue 162 (Friday, August 21, 2015)
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 162 (Friday, August 21, 2015)]
[Notices]
[Pages 50990-51018]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2015-20605]



[[Page 50989]]

Vol. 80

Friday,

No. 162

August 21, 2015

Part III





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





 National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





 Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in 
Cook Inlet, Alaska; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / 
Notices

[[Page 50990]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XE018


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey 
in Cook Inlet, Alaska

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS is issuing an Authorization in response to a request from 
ExxonMobil Alaska LNG LLC (EMALL) for an authorization to take marine 
mammals, by harassment, incidental to a geophysical and geotechnical 
survey in Cook Inlet, AK, for 84 days between August 14, 2015 and 
August 13, 2016.

DATES: Effective August 14, 2015, through August 13, 2016.

ADDRESSES: Electronic copies of the Incidental Harrassment 
Authorization (IHA; Authorization), application, and associated 
Environmental Assessment (EA) and Finding of No Significant Impact 
(FONSI) may be obtained by writing to Jolie Harrison, Division Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver 
Spring, MD 20910, telephoning the contact listed below (see FOR FURTHER 
INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. Documents cited in this 
notice may also be viewed, by appointment, during regular business 
hours, at the aforementioned address.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sara Young, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8484.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the 
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine 
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than 
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain 
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking 
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is 
provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 
as ``an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be 
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely 
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.''
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].

Summary of Request

    On February 4, 2015, NMFS received an application from EMALL for 
the taking of marine mammals incidental to a geotechnical and 
geophysical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS determined that the 
application was adequate and complete on June 8, 2015.
    EMALL proposes to conduct a geophysical and geotechnical survey in 
Cook Inlet to investigate the technical suitability of a pipeline study 
corridor across Cook Inlet and potential marine terminal locations near 
Nikiski. The proposed activity would occur for 12 weeks during the 2015 
open water season after August 14, 2015. The following specific aspects 
of the proposed activities are likely to result in the take of marine 
mammals: Use of a seismic airgun, sub-bottom profiler (chirp and 
boomer), and potentially a vibracore. Take, by Level B Harassment only, 
of individuals of four species of marine mammals is anticipated to 
result from the specified activities.

Description of the Specified Activity

Overview

    The planned geophysical surveys involve remote sensors including 
single beam echo sounder, multibeam echo sounder, sub-bottom profiler 
(chirp and boomer), 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun, side scan sonar, 
geophysical resistivity meters, and magnetometer to characterize the 
bottom surface and subsurface. The planned shallow geotechnical 
investigations include vibracoring, sediment grab sampling, and piezo-
cone penetration testing (PCPT) to directly evaluate seabed features 
and soil conditions. Geotechnical borings are planned at potential 
shoreline crossings and in the terminal boring subarea within the 
Marine Terminal survey area, and will be used to collect information on 
the mechanical properties of in-situ soils to support feasibility 
studies for construction crossing techniques and decisions on siting 
and design of pilings, dolphins, and other marine structures. 
Geophysical resistivity imaging will be conducted at the potential 
shoreline crossings. Shear wave velocity profiles (downhole geophysics) 
will be conducted within some of the boreholes. Further details of the 
planned operations are provided below.

Dates and Duration

    Geophysical and geotechnical (G&G) surveys that do not involve 
equipment that could acoustically harass listed marine mammals began in 
May 2015. These surveys include echo sounders and side scan sonar 
surveys operating at frequencies above the hearing range of local 
marine mammals and geotechnical borings, which are not expected to 
produce underwater noise exceeding ambient. The remaining surveys, 
including use of sub-bottom profilers and the small airgun, will begin 
soon after receipt of the IHA. These activities would be scheduled in 
such a manner as to minimize potential effects to marine mammals, 
subsistence activities, and other users of Cook Inlet waters. It is 
expected that approximately 12 weeks (84 work days) are required to 
complete the G&G Program. The work days would not all be consecutive 
due to weather, rest days, and any timing restrictions.

Specified Geographic Region

    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program will include geophysical surveys, 
shallow geotechnical investigations, and geotechnical borings. Two 
separate areas will be investigated and are shown in Figure 1 of the 
application: The pipeline survey area and the Marine Terminal survey 
area (which includes an LNG carrier approach zone). The pipeline survey 
area runs from the Kenai Peninsula, across the Inlet, up to Beluga, 
also considered the Upper Inlet. The Terminal area will include an area 
west and south of Nikiski, the northern edge of what is considered the 
Lower

[[Page 50991]]

Inlet. The G&G Program survey areas (also referred to as the action 
area or action areas) are larger than the proposed pipeline route and 
the Marine Terminal site to ensure detection of all potential hazards, 
or to identify areas free of hazards. This provides siting flexibility 
should the pipeline corridor or Marine Terminal sites need to be 
adjusted to avoid existing hazards.
     Pipeline Survey Area--The proposed pipeline survey area 
(Figure 1) crosses Cook Inlet from Boulder Point on the Kenai Peninsula 
across to Shorty Creek about halfway between the village of Tyonek and 
the Beluga River. This survey area is approximately 45 km (28 mi) in 
length along the corridor centerline and averages about 13 km (8 mi) 
wide. The total survey area is 541 km2 (209 mi2). The pipeline survey 
area includes a subarea where vibracores will be conducted in addition 
to the geophysical surveys and shallow geotechnical investigations.
     Marine Terminal Survey Area--The proposed Marine Terminal 
survey area (Figure 1), encompassing 371 km2 (143 mi2), is located near 
Nikiski where potential sites and vessel routes for the Marine Terminal 
are being investigated. The Marine Terminal survey area includes two 
subareas: A seismic survey subarea where the airgun will be operated in 
addition to the other geophysical equipment, and a terminal boring 
subarea where geotechnical boreholes will be drilled in addition to the 
geophysical survey and shallow geotechnical investigations. The seismic 
survey subarea encompasses 25 km2 (8.5 mi2) and the terminal boring 
subarea encompasses 12 km2 (4.6 mi2).

Detailed Description of Activities

    The Notice of Proposed IHA (80 FR 37465, June 30, 2015) contains a 
full detailed description of the geotechnical and geophysical survey, 
including the sources proposed to be used and vessel details. That 
information has not changed and is therefore not repeated here.

Comments and Responses

    A Notice of Proposed IHA was published in the Federal Register on 
June 30, 2015 (80 FR 37465) for public comment. During the 30-day 
public comment period, NMFS received four comment letters from the 
following: The Marine Mammal Commission (MMC); the Natural Resource 
Defense Counsel (NRDC); Friends of Animals (FOA); and one private 
citizen.
    All of the public comment letters received on the Notice of 
Proposed IHA (80 FR 37465, June 30, 2015) are available on the internet 
at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. Following is a 
summary of the public comments and NMFS' responses.
    Comment 1: One private citizen requested that we deny issuance of 
the IHA because marine mammals would be killed as a result of the 
survey.
    Response: The survey is not expected to result in the death of any 
marine mammal species, and no such take is authorized. Extensive 
analysis of the proposed geotechnical and geophysical survey was 
conducted in accordance with the MMPA, Endangered Species Act (ESA), 
and National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Pursuant to those 
statutes, we analyzed the impacts of the survey activities to marine 
mammals (including those listed as threatened or endangered under the 
ESA), their habitat (including critical habitat designated under the 
ESA), and to the availability of marine mammals for taking for 
subsistence uses. The MMPA analysis revealed that the activities would 
have a negligible impact on affected marine mammal species or stocks 
and would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of 
marine mammals for taking for subsistence uses. The ESA analysis 
concluded that the activities likely would not jeopardize the continued 
existence of ESA-listed species or destroy or adversely modify 
designated critical habitat. The NEPA analysis concluded that there 
would not be a significant impact on the human environment.
    Comment 2: The MMC and the NRDC recommend that NMFS defer issuance 
of any Authorization to EMALL or other applicants until NMFS concludes 
that those activities would affect no more than a small number of Cook 
Inlet beluga whales with a negligible impact on the population.
    Response: In accordance with our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 
216.104(c), we use the best available scientific information to 
determine whether the taking by the specified activity within the 
specified geographic region will have a negligible impact on the 
species or stock and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses. Based on 
the best scientific information available, NMFS determined that the 
impacts of the geotechnical and geophysical survey program, which are 
primarily acoustic in nature, would meet these standards. Moreover, 
EMALL proposed and NMFS has required in the IHA a rigorous mitigation 
plan to reduce impacts to Cook Inlet beluga whales and other marine 
mammals to the lowest level practicable, including measures to shutdown 
active acoustic sources if any beluga whale is observed approaching or 
within the Level B harassment zone and restricting activities within a 
10 mi (16 km) radius of the Susitna Delta from April 15 through October 
15, which is an important area for beluga feeding and calving in the 
spring and summer months. This shutdown measure is more restrictive 
than the standard shutdown measures typically applied, and combined 
with the Susitna Delta exclusion (minimizing adverse effects to 
foraging), is expected to reduce both the scope and severity of 
potential harassment takes, minimizing impacts from the harassment that 
would adversely affect reproductive rates or survivorship.
    Our analysis indicates that issuance of this IHA will not 
contribute to or worsen the observed decline of the Cook Inlet beluga 
whale population. Additionally, the ESA Biological Opinion determined 
that the issuance of an IHA is not likely to jeopardize the continued 
existence of the Cook Inlet beluga whales or adversely modify Cook 
Inlet beluga whale critical habitat. The Biological Opinion also 
outlined Terms and Conditions and Reasonable and Prudent Measures to 
reduce impacts, which have been incorporated into the IHA. Therefore, 
based on the analysis of potential effects, the parameters of the 
survey, and the rigorous mitigation and monitoring program, NMFS 
determined that the activity would have a negligible impact on the 
population.
    Moreover, the survey would take by Level B harrassment only small 
numbers of marine mammals relative to their population sizes. As 
described in the proposed IHA Federal Register notice, NMFS used a 
method that incorporates density of marine mammals overlaid with the 
anticipated ensonified area and the number of days of the operation to 
calculate an estimated number of takes for belugas. The number of 
belugas likely to be taken represents 7.04% of the population, which 
NMFS considers small. In addition to this quantitative evaluation, NMFS 
has also considered qualitative factors that further support the 
``small numbers'' determination, including: (1) The seasonal 
distribution and habitat use patterns of Cook Inlet beluga whales, 
which suggest that for much of the time only a small portion of the 
population would be accessible to impacts from EMALL's activity, as 
most animals are concentrated in upper Cook Inlet; and (2) the 
mitigation requirements, which provide spatio-temporal limitations that 
avoid impacts to large numbers of animals feeding and

[[Page 50992]]

calving in the Susitna Delta and limit exposures to sound levels 
associated with Level B harassment. Based on all of this information, 
NMFS determined that the number of beluga whales likely to be taken is 
small. See response to Comment 3 and our small numbers analysis later 
in this document for more information about the small numbers 
determination for beluga whales and the other marine mammal species.
    Comment 3: The MMC recommends that before issuing any 
Authorizations, NMFS develop clear criteria for determining what 
constitutes small numbers and negligible impact for the purpose of 
authorizing incidental take of marine mammals.
    Response: NMFS consistently assesses clearly articulated factors in 
making both the small numbers and negligible impact findings in our 
actions, and those findings are supported for this action as described 
in this notice. However, we are currently assessing our criteria for 
determining what constitutes ``small numbers'' and are working towards 
the development of an improved, and more quantitative, analytical 
framework for determining whether an activity will have a ``negligible 
impact'' for the purpose of authorizing takes of marine mammals. We 
fully intend to engage the MMC in these processes at the appropriate 
time.
    Comment 4: The MMC and NRDC recommend that NMFS finalize and 
implement the beluga whale recovery plan, issue its programmatic EIS, 
and establish annual limits on the types of takes authorized for sound-
producing activities in Cook Inlet before issuing additional 
Authorizations.
    Response: NMFS recognizes the release of the draft recovery plan 
and, as an agency, will address and implement appropriate 
recommendations made in the recovery plan when the draft becomes a 
Final Recovery Plan, after NMFS has been able to incorporate public 
comment on the draft version.
    Further, NMFS is making progress toward the development of the Cook 
Inlet EIS to analyze the environmental impacts of issuing Incidental 
Take Authorizations (ITAs) pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act 
(MMPA) for the taking of marine mammals incidental to anthropogenic 
activities in the waters of Cook Inlet, AK, but in the meanwhile is 
also requesting that all Cook Inlet applicants requesting 
authorizations for the 2016 open water season send in their 
applications by October 1, 2015. This will enable NMFS to conduct a 
Programmatic EA for these activities and better analyze the cumulative 
effects from all of the authorizations proposed for each open water 
season until the EIS is complete.
    Comment 5: The MMC, NRDC, and FOA commented on an error in beluga 
density information used to estimate the number of beluga exposures in 
the proposed authorization. The MMC and NRDC recommend that NMFS 
provide public notice of the revised number of beluga whale takes that 
NMFS proposes to authorize along with a revised analysis.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges the error in beluga density information 
and has revised the calculations used for take estimation presented in 
the Federal Register notice for the proposed IHA. The correction 
results in a revised exposure estimate of 30 belugas. However, 
following discussions with the applicant, the MMC, and the Alaska 
Regional Office, NMFS has determined that exposures due to the chirp 
will not be included in the Authorization, as the chirp and the boomer 
will be operating concurrently and the 160-dB isopleth of the boomer is 
larger than that of the chirp. Therefore, NMFS is authorizing take by 
Level B harrassment of only 24 belugas. This new exposure estimate 
represents 7.06% of the population, whereas the original estimate of 14 
represented 4.12% of the population. This difference does not 
substantively affect NMFS' analysis of effects, nor does it change the 
small numbers or negligible impact determinations, and therefore it 
does not merit a second public comment period.
    Comment 6: The MMC and NRDC recommend that until behavior 
thresholds are updated, that NMFS require applicants to use the 120-dB 
rather than 160-dB threshold for sub-bottom profilers.
    Response: The 120-dB threshold is typically associated with 
continuous sources. Continuous sounds are those whose sound pressure 
level remains above that of the ambient sound, with negligibly small 
fluctuations in level (NIOSH, 1998; ANSI, 2005). Intermittent sounds 
are defined as sounds with interrupted levels of low or no sound 
(NIOSH, 1998). Sub-bottom profiler signals are intermittent sounds. 
Intermittent sounds can further be defined as either impulsive or non-
impulsive. Impulsive sounds have been defined as sounds which are 
typically transient, brief (<1 sec), broadband, and consist of a high 
peak pressure with rapid rise time and rapid decay (ANSI, 1986; NIOSH, 
1998). Non-impulsive sounds typically have more gradual rise times and 
longer decays (ANSI, 1995; NIOSH, 1998). Sub-bottom profiler signals 
have durations that are typically very brief (<1 sec), with temporal 
characteristics that more closely resemble those of impulsive sounds 
than non-impulsive sounds. With regard to behavioral thresholds, we 
therefore consider the temporal and spectral characteristics of sub-
bottom profiler signals to more closely resemble those of an impulse 
sound rather than a continuous sound. The 160-dB threshold is typically 
associated with impulsive sources.
    The MMC suggests that, for certain sources considered here, the 
interval between pulses is so small it should be considered continuous. 
However, a sub-bottom profiler chirp's ``rapid staccato'' of pulse 
trains is emitted in a similar fashion as odontocete echolocation click 
trains. Research indicates that marine mammals, in general, have 
extremely fine auditory temporal resolution and can detect each signal 
separately (e.g., Au et al., 1988; Dolphin et al., 1995; Supin and 
Popov, 1995; Mooney et al., 2009), especially for species with 
echolocation capabilities. Therefore, it is highly unlikely that marine 
mammals would perceive sub-bottom profiler signals as being continuous.
    In conclusion, sub-bottom profiler signals are intermittent rather 
than continuous signals, and the fine temporal resolution of the marine 
mammal auditory system allows them to perceive these sounds as such. 
Further, the physical characteristics of these signals indicate a 
greater similarity to the way that intermittent, impulsive sounds are 
received. Therefore, the 160-dB threshold (typically associated with 
impulsive sources) is more appropriate than the 120-dB threshold 
(typically associated with continuous sources) for estimating takes by 
behavioral harassment incidental to use of such sources.
    We agree with the MMC'c recommendation to revise existing acoustic 
criteria and thresholds as necessary to specify threshold levels that 
would be more appropriate for a wider range of sound sources, and are 
currently in the process of producing such revisions. In particular, 
NMFS recognizes the importance of context (e.g., behavioral state of 
the animals, distance) in behavioral responses. The current behavioral 
categorization (i.e., impulse vs. continuous) does not account for 
context and is not appropriate for all sound sources. Thus, updated 
NOAA Acoustic Guidance (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm), 
once completed, will more appropriately categorize behavioral 
harassment criteria by activity type. NOAA recognizes, as new science 
becomes available, that our current categorizations (i.e., impulse vs.

[[Page 50993]]

continuous) may not fully encompass the complexity associated with 
behavioral responses (i.e., context, etc.) and are working toward 
addressing these issues in future acoustic guidance. However, in the 
meanwhile, while our current behavioral acoustic thresholds may not 
fully account for some of the differences observed across taxa and 
contexts, they still serve as somewhat conservative generalized 
indicators of received levels at which we anticipate behavioral 
harassment, and are not undermined by newer information.
    Comment 7: The MMC and NRDC recommend that prior to issuance of the 
Final Authorization, NMFS include taking by Level B harassment of 
humpback whales, gray whales, minke whales, Dall's porpoise, and 
Steller sea lion.
    Response: The issuance of an Authorization to an applicant is a 
request-based process. On the one hand, if NMFS believes that marine 
mammals will be taken that are not identified by the applicant, we will 
work with the applicant to modify the request to ensure inclusion of 
affected species. On the other hand, applicants sometimes request take 
of a small number of species that NMFS believes are unlikely to be 
encountered but NMFS will authorize take of those species as long as 
the necessary findings can be made. NMFS acknowledges that it has 
authorized the take of the species identified by commenters that occur 
infrequently in Cook Inlet in other Authorizations. However, in those 
instances, the applicant requested take of those species and NMFS 
analyzed the requests submitted. EMALL believes, and NMFS concurs, that 
with the required monitoring, small zones of influence, and short 
operating period (as compared to previous activities authorized in Cook 
Inlet), the activities are unlikely to result in the take any of the 
species identified by the commenters. Moreover, if a species for which 
take is not authorized is encountered, the Authorization text states 
that the applicant must shut down active sound sources.
    Comment 8: The MMC recommends that NMFS require EMALL to monitor 
for marine mammals for 30 minutes after authorized activities have 
ceased.
    Response: NMFS agrees with the MMC and has added a post-activity 
monitoring period of 30 minutes as a requirement for this activity. A 
30-minute monitoring period after the cessation of authorized sound 
source operations can provide useful observations to compare the 
behavior and abundance of animals during different scenarios of various 
noise levels. This change has been noted in the Authorization text.
    Comment 9: The MMC and NRDC recommend that NMFS allow sufficient 
time between the close of the comment period and issuance of an 
Authorization for NMFS to analyze, consider, and respond fully to 
comments received and incorporate changes as appropriate.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that the time between the close of 
public comment and the target date for issuing the Authorization is 
short. However, NMFS fully considered and responded to all comments 
before issuing the Authorization, and incorporated changes as 
appropriate (i.e., see response to Comment 8).
    Comment 10: The NRDC and FOA comment that NEPA mandates that NMFS 
may not authorize activities while a programmatic EIS is underway. The 
NRDC references 40 CFR 1506.1.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that it is preparing an EIS for 
incidental take authorizations in Cook Inlet, AK (79 FR 61616; October 
14, 2014). However, NMFS is undertaking this environmental analysis 
voluntarily as a decision support tool for processing MMPA ITA requests 
in Cook Inlet. The programmatic EIS is meant to address anticipated 
future levels of activity in Cook Inlet, which may include increases in 
activity, not a specific proposed program or project. NMFS will 
continue to prepare EAs or EISs, as appropriate, for specific 
individual applications for Incidental Take Authorizations (ITA) at 
this time. Consistent with its obligations under NEPA, NMFS prepared an 
EA (including an analysis of cumulative effects) prior to issuing the 
Authorization to EMALL and determined that issuance of the 
Authorization would not significantly impact the quality of the human 
environment.
    Comment 11: The NRDC commented that NMFS should not issue an 
Authorization until it has completed its revision of acoustic 
thresholds for take by Level B harrassment.
    Response: NMFS notes that NRDC's comment that NMFS uses an outdated 
and incorrect threshold for behavioral takes does not include any 
specific recommendations. NMFS uses 160 dB (rms) as the exposure level 
for estimating take by Level B harassment for most species in most 
cases. This threshold was established for underwater impulse sound 
sources based on measured avoidance responses observed in whales in the 
wild. Specifically, the 160 dB threshold was derived from data for 
mother-calf pairs of migrating gray whales (Malme et al., 1983, 1984) 
and bowhead whales (Richardson et al., 1985, 1986) responding to 
seismic airguns (e.g., impulsive sound source). There is more recent 
information bearing on behavioral reactions to seismic airguns, but 
while those data illustrate how complex and context-dependent the 
relationship is between the two, they do not clearly suggest that there 
is a more appropriate level than 160dB to serve as general behavioral 
harassment threshold for multiple taxa. See 75 FR 49710, 49716 (August 
13, 2010) (IHA for Shell seismic survey in Alaska). Further, it is not 
a matter of merely replacing the existing threshold with a new one. 
NOAA is working to develop more sophisticated draft guidance for 
determining impacts from acoustic sources, including information for 
determining Level B harassment thresholds. Due to the complexity of the 
task, any guidance will require a rigorous review that includes 
internal agency review, public notice and comment, and additional 
external peer review before any final product is published. In the 
meantime, and taking into consideration the facts and available 
science, NMFS determined it is reasonable to use the 160 dB threshold 
for estimating takes of marine mammals in Cook Inlet by Level B 
harassment. However, we discuss the science on this issue qualitatively 
in our analysis of potential effects to marine mammals.
    Comment 12: The NRDC comments that NMFS should require the use of 
alternative technologies, including quieting technologies, as well as 
adopting additional time-area closures.
    Response: NMFS responds to this comment as part of the response to 
Comment 14 below.
    Comment 13: The NRDC comments that the suggestion that Cook Inlet 
belugas are habituated to certain levels of anthropogenic activity is 
outdated, given a study by Kendall et al. (2014) on impacts to belugas 
from construction noise.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that there are scientific records of 
belugas responding to anthropogenic noise, as evidenced in Kendall et 
al. (2014). Beluga whale response to vessel noise varies greatly from 
tolerance to extreme sensitivity depending on the activity of the whale 
and previous experience with vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). 
Reactions to vessels depends on whale activities and experience, 
habitat, boat type, and boat behavior (Richardson et al., 1995), and 
may include behavioral responses, such as altered headings or avoidance 
(Blane and Jaakson, 1994; Erbe and Farmer, 2000); fast swimming; 
changes in vocalizations (Lesage et al.,

[[Page 50994]]

1999; Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in dive, surfacing, and 
respiration patterns.
    A study by Lessage et al. (1999) of belugas in the St. Lawrence 
River states with respect to modification of vocal behavior that 
``Owing to the gregarious nature of belugas, this would not pose a 
serious problem for intraherd communication, given the relatively short 
distances between herd members; a source of noise would have to be very 
close to them to potentially limit any communication within a herd. 
However, communication is probably not limited to herd members, since 
inter-herd communication may be important during the breeding season, 
when locating food sources, when navigating in ice, or when reacting to 
large-scale disturbance. On these larger scales, high noise levels 
could impair communication.'' NMFS acknowledges the potential for 
masking from the sound sources proposed by EMALL and discusses the 
potential effects of this. The concerns raised by NRDC in the paper by 
Bejder et al. (2009), that animals that do not display overt behavioral 
reactions could be incurring harm, is an important component of 
understanding the effects of tolerance on mammals in areas of 
increasing anthropogenic activity but no mechanism to estimate the 
physiological effects from tolerance are currently viable for this 
analysis. As noted above, though, even though shutdown measures are in 
place that will minimize behavioral harassment of belugas, NMFS does 
not reduce the amount of take expected/authorized due to possible 
habitation of belugas in Cook Inlet to anthropogenic noise, and the 
negligible impact determination below does not rely on an assumption of 
habitation to make the necessary findings.
    Comment 14: The NRDC comments that NMFS is failing to meet the 
requirement of setting forth ``permissible methods of taking pursuant 
to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable 
adverse impact on such species or stock and its habitat'' and urges 
NMFS to adopt meaningful mitigation and monitoring measures including 
requiring applicants to contribute to a comprehensive monitoring plan 
to better understand distribution as well as individual and cumulative 
effects of human activities on Cook Inlet belugas, which was 
incorporated by reference to NRDC's public comment on the Proposed Rule 
for Apache Alaska Corporation. In the Apache comment letter, the NRDC 
provides a list of approximately eight measures that NMFS ``failed to 
consider or adequately consider.''
    Response: NMFS provided a detailed discussion of proposed 
mitigation measures and the MMPA's ``least practicable impact'' 
standard in the notice of the proposed IHA (80 FR 37465, June 30, 
2015), which are repeated in the ``Mitigation'' section of this notice. 
The measures that NRDC alleges NMFS failed to consider or adequately 
consider are identified and discussed below:
    (1) Field testing and use of alternative technologies, such as 
vibroseis and gravity gradiometry, to reduce or eliminate the need for 
airguns and delaying seismic acquisition in higher density areas until 
the alternative technology of marine vibroseis becomes available: EMALL 
requested takes of marine mammals incidental to the geotechnical and 
geophysical survey operations described in the IHA application, which 
identified use of only a 60 in\3\ airgun array with a distance to the 
160-dB isopleth of 300m. It would be inappropriate for NMFS to 
fundamentally change the specified activity for which EMALL submitted 
an IHA application by requiring that they acquire data using an 
entirely different system of sound sources, especially if the alternate 
technology cannot meet the objectives of the proposed activity.
    EMALL knows of no current technology scaled for industrial use that 
is reliable enough to meet the environmental challenges of operating in 
Cook Inlet. An airgun is only one of several sources proposed by EMALL 
and alternative quieting technologies for the boomer, chirp, and 
vibracore are undeveloped at this time.
    (2) Required use of the lowest practicable source level in 
conducting airgun activity: EMALL is requesting to use a 60 in\3\ 
airgun, a very small source, for a duration of 7 days. This size of 
airgun, and the length and area of the survey, is necessary to meet 
EMALL's program objectives and minimize geotechnical, geohazard, and 
constructability risks.
    (3) Seasonal exclusions around river mouths, including early spring 
(pre-April 14) exclusions around the Beluga River and Susitna Delta, 
and avoidance of other areas that have a higher probability of beluga 
occurrence: NMFS has required a 10 mile (16 km) exclusion zone around 
the Susitna Delta (which includes the Beluga River) in this IHA. Survey 
operations involving the use of airgun, boomer, chirp, and vibracore 
will be prohibited in this area between April 15 and October 15. In 
both the MMPA and ESA analysis, NMFS determined that this date range is 
sufficient to protect Cook Inlet beluga whales and the critical habitat 
in the Susitna Delta. While data indicate that belugas may use this 
part of the inlet year round, peak use occurs from early May to late 
September. NMFS added a 2-week buffer on both ends of this peak usage 
period to add extra protection to feeding and calving belugas.
    (4) Limitation of the mitigation airgun to the longest shot 
interval necessary to carry out its intended purpose: EMALL is not 
proposing to use a mitigation airgun, therefore this measure does not 
apply.
    (5) Immediate suspension of airgun activity, pending investigation, 
if any beluga strandings occur within or within an appropriate distance 
of the survey area: The IHA requires EMALL to immediately cease 
activities and report unauthorized takes of marine mammals, such as 
live stranding, injury, serious injury, or mortality. NMFS will review 
the circumstances of EMALL's unauthorized take and determine if 
additional mitigation measures are needed before activities can resume 
to minimize the likelihood of further unauthorized take and to ensure 
MMPA compliance. EMALL may not resume activities until notified by 
NMFS. Separately, the IHA includes measures if injured or dead marine 
mammals are sighted and the cause cannot be easily determined. In those 
cases, NMFS will review the circumstances of the stranding event while 
EMALL continues with operations.
    (6) Establishment of a larger exclusion zone for beluga whales that 
is not predicated on the detection of whale aggregations or cow-calf 
pairs: Both the proposed IHA and the issued IHA contain a requirement 
for EMALL to delay the start of active acoustic source use or shutdown 
the active acoustic sources if a beluga whale is visually sighted 
approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance zone until the animal(s) 
are no longer present within the 160-dB zone. The measure applies to 
the sighting of any beluga whale, not just sighting of groups or cow-
calf pairs.
    Comment 15: FOA comments on several issues related to cumulative 
impacts analysis including: (1) NMFS contradicts the Draft Recovery 
Plan by issuing Authorizations, given that two concerns of note in the 
Plan include noise and cumulative/synergistic effects (2) each phase of 
the Alaska LNG project will add to increasing cumulative effects to 
Cook Inlet belugas (3) over the past three years, NMFS has authorized 
at least 288 takes by Level B harassment of Cook Inlet beluga whales 
and that takes for AK LNG must be addressed in the

[[Page 50995]]

context of cumulative impacts from other authorized takes.
    Response: Neither the MMPA nor NMFS' implementing regulations 
specify how to consider other activities and their impacts on the same 
populations when conducting a negligible impact analysis. However, 
consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS' implementing regulations 
(54 FR 40338, September 29, 1989), the impacts from other past and 
ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into the negligible 
impact analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., 
as reflected in the density/distribution and status of the species, 
population size and growth rate, and ambient noise).
    Although caution is warranted for noise-producing activities, 
especially in light of all of the other activities in Cook Inlet, NMFS 
does not agree that issuance of any Authorizations for take of Cook 
Inlet beluga whales is contradictory to recommendations in the Draft 
Recovery Plan for this species. NMFS is taking a cautious approach, 
both in the context of this particular project and Cook Inlet more 
broadly, to ensure that all impacts on beluga whales are adequately 
analyzed and minimized. For example, the shutdown of active sound 
sources at the 160-dB disturbance zone for beluga whales in Cook Inlet 
is a precautionary measure not used in other areas to ensure the 
minimization of behavioral harassment of belugas. Additionally, a 
precautionary approach was taken in estimating the number of exposures 
from the proposed EMALL survey, which is likely an overestimate of 
individuals taken for reason explained below in the `Take Estimation'' 
section related to number of individuals taken versus instances of 
exposure.
    More broadly, NMFS has announced our intent to prepare an EIS to 
better analyze cumulative impacts from potential increasing 
anthropogenic activities to Cook Inlet beluga whales. In addition, 
cumulative effects were addressed in the EA and Biological Opinion 
prepared for this action. The cumulative effects section of the EA has 
been expanded from the draft EA to discuss potential effects in greater 
detail. These documents, as well as the Alaska Marine Stock Assessments 
and the most recent abundance estimate for Cook Inlet beluga whales 
(Shelden et al, 2015), are part of NMFS' Administrative Record for this 
action, and provided the decision maker with information regarding 
other activities in the action area that affect marine mammals, an 
analysis of cumulative impacts, and other information relevant to the 
determination made under the MMPA.
    NMFS will continue to analyze monitoring reports from authorized 
activities, applicable new science, and the increase of Cook Inlet 
activities in the context of the Cook Inlet Beluga Whale Recovery Plan, 
and will also continue to carefully evaluate proposed activities and 
recommend mitigation measures to ensure that the issuance of MMPA 
authorizations does not negatively impact the recovery of Cook Inlet 
belugas.
    Comment 16: FOA comments that the Environmental Assessment (EA) was 
difficult to find and recommends that NMFS re-open the public comment 
period for the EA as well as the Draft Recovery Plan for Cook Inlet 
belugas.
    Response: NMFS posted a draft of the EA on its Web site for public 
review: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/energy_other.htm. On July 6th, the MMC notified NMFS that the documents 
were placed under ``Other'' and not ``Natural Gas'' on the Web site. 
Once notified, NMFS corrected the error. During and after that time 
NMFS received no other communication from any persons or organizations 
requesting to be directed to those documents or asking for 
clarification as to their location. Therefore, NMFS does not believe 
the EA should be reopened for public comment. The Draft Recovery Plan 
for Cook Inlet beluga whales is a separate action and the reopening of 
its comment period is not relevant to this Authorization.
    Comment 17: FOA comments that the Marine Terminal area lies within 
beluga Critical Habitat. FOA also comments that effects on habitat 
could include disturbance to prey from noise, and disturbances to the 
environment from the platform's legs and project discharges from 
sampling activities.
    Response: The Federal Register notice of the proposed Authorization 
analyzed potential effects to prey species and marine mammal habitat. 
The possibility of adverse modification to Critical Habitat through 
reduction in prey species is addressed in the Biological Opinion, which 
resulted in a finding of no adverse modification to critical habitat.
    Comment 20: FOA comments that issuance of an IHA to EMALL would 
violate the ESA because granting the IHA would ``appreciably reduce the 
likelihood of survival and recovery of species in the wild.''
    Response: NMFS disagrees with FOA's comment. NMFS Office of 
Protected Resources (Permits and Conservation Division) initiated and 
engaged in formal consultation with NMFS Alaska Regional Office 
(Protected Resources Division) under section 7 of the ESA on the 
issuance of the IHA to EMALL. NMFS's Biological Opinion concluded that 
the issuance of the IHA is not likely to jeopardize the continued 
existence of listed species (e.g., would not appreciably reduce the 
ability of any listed species under NMFS' jurisdiction to survive and 
recover in the wild) or result in the destruction or adverse 
modification of critical habitat.
    Comment 21: FOA comments that NMFS must include a discussion of 
ethics and the rights of wildlife to manage wildlife-human interactions 
and suggests that this approach is consistent with NEPA and the ability 
to provide a ``full and fair discussion'' of the issues and inform 
decision makes and the public of the reasonable alternatives that would 
avoid or minimize adverse impacts or enhance the quality of the human 
environment. 40 CFR 1502.1.
    Response: Consistent with the requirements of NEPA and CEQ's 
implementing regulations, NMFS prepared an Environmental Assessment 
prior to issuing an IHA to EMALL that includes a comprehensive 
assessment of the effects of this action and alternative actions on the 
human environment, including the impacts of the action and alternative 
actions on marine mammal populations. While NMFS shares FAO's concerns 
regarding the ethical treatment of animals, it is not possible to 
directly address ethical treatment in the context of incidental and 
unintended effects (i.e., those authorized by this action), as any pain 
resulting from these impacts is far removed from any operator decisions 
and is neither observable, measurable or controllable. Instead, IHAs 
aim to minimize actual adverse effects to marine mammal individuals and 
populations.

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity

    Marine mammals that regularly inhabit upper Cook Inlet and Nikiski 
activity areas are the beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor 
porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Table 
6). However, these species are found there in relatively low numbers, 
and generally only during the summer fish runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, 
Boveng et al. 2012). Killer whales (Orcinus orca) are occasionally 
observed in upper Cook Inlet where they have been observed attempting 
to prey on beluga whales (Shelden et al. 2003). Based on a number of 
factors, Shelden et al. (2003) concluded that the killer whales found 
in upper Cook Inlet to date are the transient type, while resident 
types

[[Page 50996]]

occasionally enter lower Cook Inlet. Marine mammals occasionally found 
in lower Cook Inlet include humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae), 
gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus), minke whales (Balaenoptera 
acutorostrata), Dall's porpoise (Phocoena dalli), and Steller sea lion 
(Eumetopias jubatus). Background information of species evaluated in 
this Authorization is detailed in Table 1 below.

                          Table 1--Marine Mammals Inhabiting the Cook Inlet Action Area
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Stock abundance        Relative
                                                       ESA/MMPA  status     (CV, Nmin, most   occurrence in Cook
            Species                     Stock        \1\;  strategic  (Y/  recent  abundance   Inlet; season of
                                                              N)              survey) \2\         occurrence
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Killer whale...................  Alaska Resident...  -;N                  2,347 (N/A; 2,084;  Occasionally
                                 Alaska Transient..  -:N                   2009).              sighted in Lower
                                                                          345 (N/A; 303;       Cook Inlet.
                                                                           2003).
Beluga whale...................  Cook Inlet........  E/D;Y                312 (0.10; 280;     Use upper Inlet in
                                                                           2012).              summer and lower
                                                                                               in winter:
                                                                                               annual.
Harbor porpoise................  Gulf of Alaska....  -;Y                  31,046 (0.214;      Widespread in the
                                                                           25,987; 1998).      Inlet: annual
                                                                                               (less in winter).
Harbor seal....................  Cook Inlet/         -;N                  22,900 (0.053;      Frequently found
                                  Shelikof.                                21,896; 2006).      in upper and
                                                                                               lower inlet;
                                                                                               annual (more in
                                                                                               northern Inlet in
                                                                                               summer).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Beluga Whale (Delphinapterus leucas)

    The Cook Inlet beluga whale Distinct Population Segment (DPS) is a 
small geographically isolated population that is separated from other 
beluga populations by the Alaska Peninsula. The population is 
genetically (mtDNA) distinct from other Alaska populations, suggesting 
that the Peninsula is an effective barrier to genetic exchange 
(O'Corry-Crowe et al. 1997) and that these whales may have been 
separated from other stocks at least since the last ice age. Laidre et 
al. (2000) examined data from over 20 marine mammal surveys conducted 
in the northern Gulf of Alaska and found that sightings of belugas 
outside Cook Inlet were exceedingly rare, and these were composed of a 
few stragglers from the Cook Inlet DPS observed at Kodiak Island, 
Prince William Sound, and Yakutat Bay. Several marine mammal surveys 
specific to Cook Inlet (Laidre et al. 2000, Speckman and Piatt 2000), 
including those that concentrated on beluga whales (Rugh et al. 2000, 
2005a), clearly indicate that this stock largely confines itself to 
Cook Inlet. There is no indication that these whales make forays into 
the Bering Sea where they might intermix with other Alaskan stocks.
    The Cook Inlet beluga DPS was originally estimated at 1,300 whales 
in 1979 (Calkins 1989) and has been the focus of management concerns 
since experiencing a dramatic decline in the 1990s. Between 1994 and 
1998 the stock declined 47%, which has been attributed to 
overharvesting by subsistence hunting. During that period, subsistence 
hunting was estimated to have annually removed 10-15% of the 
population. Only five belugas have been harvested since 1999, yet the 
population has continued to decline (Allen and Angliss 2014), with the 
most recent estimate at only 312 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). The 
NMFS listed the population as ``depleted'' in 2000 as a consequence of 
the decline, and as ``endangered'' under the ESA in 2008 when the 
population failed to recover following a moratorium on subsistence 
harvest. In April 2011, the NMFS designated critical habitat for the 
Cook Inlet beluga whale under the ESA (Figure 2 in the application).
    Prior to the decline, this DPS was believed to range throughout 
Cook Inlet and occasionally into Prince William Sound and Yakutat 
(Nemeth et al. 2007). However, the range has contracted coincident with 
the population reduction (Speckman and Piatt 2000). During the summer 
and fall, beluga whales are concentrated near the Susitna River mouth, 
Knik Arm, Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon Bay (Nemeth et al. 2007) where 
they feed on migrating eulachon (Thaleichthys pacificus) and salmon 
(Onchorhynchus spp.) (Moore et al. 2000). The limits of Critical 
Habitat Area 1 reflect the summer distribution (Figure 3 in the 
application). During the winter, beluga whales concentrate in deeper 
waters in the mid-inlet to Kalgin Island, and in the shallow waters 
along the west shore of Cook Inlet to Kamishak Bay. The limits of 
Critical Habitat Area 2 reflect the winter distribution. Some whales 
may also winter in and near Kachemak Bay.
    Goetz et al. (2012) modeled beluga use in Cook Inlet based on the 
NMFS aerial surveys conducted between 1994 and 2008. The combined model 
results shown in Figure 3 in the application indicate a very clumped 
distribution of summering beluga whales, and that lower densities of 
belugas are expected to occur in most of the pipeline survey area (but 
not necessarily specific G&G survey locations; see Section 6.3 in the 
application) and the vicinity of the proposed Marine Terminal. However, 
Cook Inlet beluga whales begin moving into Knik Arm around August 15 
where they spend about a month feeding on Eagle River salmon. The area 
between Nikiski, Kenai, and Kalgin Island provides important wintering 
habitat for Cook Inlet beluga whales. Use of this area would be 
expected between fall and spring, with animals largely absent during 
the summer months when G&G surveys would occur (Goetz et al. 2012).

Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)

    Two different stocks of killer whales inhabit the Cook Inlet region 
of Alaska: The Alaska Resident Stock and the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian 
Islands, Bering Sea Transient Stock (Allen and Angliss 2014). The 
Alaska Resident killer whale stock is estimated at 2,347 animals and 
occurs from Southeast Alaska to the Bering Sea (Allen and Angliss 
2014). Resident killer whales feed exclusively on fish and are 
genetically distinct from transient whales (Saulitis et al. 2000).
    The transient killer whales feed primarily on marine mammals 
(Saulitis et al. 2000). The transient population inhabiting the Gulf of 
Alaska shares mitochondrial DNA haplotypes with whales found along the 
Aleutian Islands and the Bering Sea, suggesting a common stock, 
although there appears to be some subpopulation genetic structuring 
occurring to suggest the gene flow between groups is limited (see Allen 
and Angliss 2014). For the three regions combined, the transient 
population has been estimated at 587 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014).
    Killer whales are occasionally observed in lower Cook Inlet, 
especially near Homer and Port Graham (Shelden

[[Page 50997]]

et al. 2003, Rugh et al. 2005a). The few whales that have been 
photographically identified in lower Cook Inlet belong to resident 
groups more commonly found in nearby Kenai Fjords and Prince William 
Sound (Shelden et al. 2003). Prior to the 1980s, killer whale sightings 
in upper Cook Inlet were very rare. During aerial surveys conducted 
between 1993 and 2004, killer whales were observed on only three 
flights, all in the Kachemak and English Bay area (Rugh et al. 2005a). 
However, anecdotal reports of killer whales feeding on belugas in upper 
Cook Inlet began increasing in the 1990s, possibly in response to 
declines in sea lion and harbor seal prey elsewhere (Shelden et al. 
2003). These sporadic ventures of transient killer whales into beluga 
summering grounds have been implicated as a possible contributor to the 
decline of Cook Inlet belugas in the 1990s, although the number of 
confirmed mortalities from killer whales is small (Shelden et al. 
2003). If killer whales were to venture into upper Cook Inlet in 2015, 
they might be encountered during the G&G Program.

Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)

    Harbor porpoise are small (approximately 1.2 m [4 ft] in length), 
relatively inconspicuous toothed whales. The Gulf of Alaska Stock is 
distributed from Cape Suckling to Unimak Pass and was most recently 
estimated at 31,046 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). They are found 
primarily in coastal waters less than 100 m (328 ft) deep (Hobbs and 
Waite 2010) where they feed on Pacific herring (Clupea pallasii), other 
schooling fishes, and cephalopods.
    Although they have been frequently observed during aerial surveys 
in Cook Inlet, most sightings of harbor porpoise are of single animals, 
and are concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni bays on the west side of 
lower Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a). Dahlheim et al. (2000) estimated 
the 1991 Cook Inlet-wide population at only 136 animals. Also, during 
marine mammal monitoring efforts conducted in upper Cook Inlet by 
Apache from 2012 to 2014, harbor porpoise represented less than 2% of 
all marine mammal sightings. However, they are one of the three marine 
mammals (besides belugas and harbor seals) regularly seen in upper Cook 
Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007), especially during spring eulachon and 
summer salmon runs. Because harbor porpoise have been observed 
throughout Cook Inlet during the summer months, including mid-inlet 
waters, they represent species that might be encountered during G&G 
Program surveys in upper Cook Inlet.

Harbor Seal (Phoca vitulina)

    At over 150,000 animals state-wide (Allen and Angliss 2014), harbor 
seals are one of the more common marine mammal species in Alaskan 
waters. They are most commonly seen hauled out at tidal flats and rocky 
areas. Harbor seals feed largely on schooling fish such as Alaska 
Pollock, Pacific cod, salmon, Pacific herring, eulachon, and squid. 
Although harbor seals may make seasonal movements in response to prey, 
they are resident to Alaska and do not migrate.
    The Cook Inlet/Shelikof Stock, ranging from approximately Anchorage 
down along the south side of the Alaska Peninsula to Unimak Pass, has 
been recently estimated at a stable 22,900 (Allen and Angliss 2014). 
Large numbers concentrate at the river mouths and embayments of lower 
Cook Inlet, including the Fox River mouth in Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al. 
2005a). Montgomery et al. (2007) recorded over 200 haulout sites in 
lower Cook Inlet alone. However, only a few dozen to a couple hundred 
seals seasonally occur in upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a), mostly 
at the mouth of the Susitna River where their numbers vary with the 
spring eulachon and summer salmon runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et 
al. 2012). Review of NMFS aerial survey data collected from 1993-2012 
(Shelden et al. 2013) finds that the annual high counts of seals hauled 
out in Cook Inlet ranged from about 100-380, with most of these animals 
hauling out at the mouths of the Theodore and Lewis Rivers. There are 
certainly thousands of harbor seals occurring in lower Cook Inlet, but 
no references have been found showing more than about 400 harbor seals 
occurring seasonally in upper Cook Inlet. In 2012, up to 100 harbor 
seals were observed hauled out at the mouths of the Theodore and Lewis 
rivers (located about 16 km [10 mi] northeast of the pipeline survey 
area) during monitoring activity associated with Apache's 2012 Cook 
Inlet seismic program, and harbor seals constituted 60 percent of all 
marine mammal sightings by Apache observers during 2012 to 2014 survey 
and monitoring efforts (L. Parker, Apache, pers. comm.). Montgomery et 
al. (2007) also found that seals elsewhere in Cook Inlet move in 
response to local steelhead (Onchorhynchus mykiss) and salmon runs. 
Harbor seals may be encountered during G&G surveys in Cook Inlet.

Humpback Whale (Megaptera novaeangliae)

    Although there is considerable distributional overlap in the 
humpback whale stocks that use Alaska, the whales seasonally found in 
lower Cook Inlet are probably of the Central North Pacific stock. 
Listed as endangered under the ESA, this stock has recently been 
estimated at 7,469, with the portion of the stock that feeds in the 
Gulf of Alaska estimated at 2,845 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). The 
Central North Pacific stock winters in Hawaii and summers from British 
Columbia to the Aleutian Islands (Calambokidis et al. 1997), including 
Cook Inlet.
    Humpback use of Cook Inlet is largely confined to lower Cook Inlet. 
They have been regularly seen near Kachemak Bay during the summer 
months (Rugh et al. 2005a), and there is a whale-watching venture in 
Homer capitalizing on this seasonal event. There are anecdotal 
observations of humpback whales as far north as Anchor Point, with 
recent summer observations extending to Cape Starichkof (Owl Ridge 
2014). Because of the southern distribution of humpbacks in Cook Inlet, 
it is unlikely that they will be encountered during this activity in 
close enough proximity to cause Level B harassment. Therefore, no take 
is authorized for humpback whales.

Gray Whale (Eschrichtius robustus)

    Each spring, the Eastern North Pacific stock of gray whale migrates 
8,000 kilometers (5,000 miles) northward from breeding lagoons in Baja 
California to feeding grounds in the Bering and Chukchi seas, reversing 
their travel again in the fall (Rice and Wolman 1971). Their migration 
route is for the most part coastal until they reach the feeding 
grounds. A small portion of whales do not annually complete the full 
circuit, as small numbers can be found in the summer feeding along the 
Oregon, Washington, British Columbia, and Alaskan coasts (Rice et al. 
1984, Moore et al. 2007).
    Human exploitation reduced this stock to an estimated ``few 
thousand'' animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). However, by the late 
1980s, the stock was appearing to reach carrying capacity and estimated 
to be at 26,600 animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). By 2002, that stock 
had been reduced to about 16,000 animals, especially following 
unusually high mortality events in 1999 and 2000 (Allen and Angliss 
2014). The stock has continued to grow since then and is currently 
estimated at 19,126 animals with a minimum estimate of 18,017 (Carretta 
et al. 2013). Most gray whales migrate past

[[Page 50998]]

the mouth of Cook Inlet to and from northern feeding grounds. However, 
small numbers of summering gray whales have been noted by fisherman 
near Kachemak Bay and north of Anchor Point. Further, summering gray 
whales were seen offshore of Cape Starichkof by marine mammal observers 
monitoring Buccaneer's Cosmopolitan drilling program in 2013 (Owl Ridge 
2014). Regardless, gray whales are not expected to be encountered in 
upper Cook Inlet, where the activity is concentrated, north of Kachemak 
Bay. Therefore, it is unlikely that they will be encountered during 
this activity in close enough proximity to cause Level B harassment and 
are not considered further in this final Authorization notice.

Minke Whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata)

    Minke whales are the smallest of the rorqual group of baleen whales 
reaching lengths of up to 35 feet. They are also the most common of the 
baleen whales, although there are no population estimates for the North 
Pacific, although estimates have been made for some portions of Alaska. 
Zerbini et al. (2006) estimated the coastal population between Kenai 
Fjords and the Aleutian Islands at 1,233 animals.
    During Cook Inlet-wide aerial surveys conducted from 1993 to 2004, 
minke whales were encountered only twice (1998, 1999), both times off 
Anchor Point 16 miles northwest of Homer. Recently, several minke 
whales were recorded off Cape Starichkof in early summer 2013 during 
exploratory drilling conducted there (Owl Ridge 2014). There are no 
records north of Cape Starichkof, and this species is unlikely to be 
seen in upper Cook Inlet. There is little chance of encountering a 
minke whale during these activities. Therefore, no take of minke whales 
is authorized.

Dall's Porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli)

    Dall's porpoise are widely distributed throughout the North Pacific 
Ocean including Alaska, although they are not found in upper Cook Inlet 
and the shallower waters of the Bering, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas 
(Allen and Angliss 2014). Compared to harbor porpoise, Dall's porpoise 
prefer the deep offshore and shelf slope waters. The Alaskan population 
has been estimated at 83,400 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014), making 
it one of the more common cetaceans in the state. Dall's porpoise have 
been observed in lower Cook Inlet, including Kachemak Bay and near 
Anchor Point (Owl Ridge 2014), but sightings there are rare. The 
concentration of sightings of Dall's porpoise in a southerly part of 
the Inlet suggest it is unlikely they will be encountered during 
EMALL's activities. Therefore, no take of Dall's porpoise is 
authorized.

Steller Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus)

    The Western Stock of the Steller sea lion is defined as all 
populations west of longitude 144[deg] W. to the western end of the 
Aleutian Islands. The most recent estimate for this stock is 45,649 
animals (Allen and Angliss 2014), considerably less than that estimated 
140,000 animals in the 1950s (Merrick et al. 1987). Because of this 
dramatic decline, the stock was listed under the ESA as a threatened 
DPS in 1990, and relisted as endangered in 1997. Critical habitat was 
designated in 1993, and is defined as a 20-nautical-mile radius around 
all major rookeries and haulout sites. The 20-nautical-mile buffer was 
established based on telemetry data that indicated these sea lions 
concentrated their summer foraging effort within this distance of 
rookeries and haul outs.
    Steller sea lions inhabit lower Cook Inlet, especially in the 
vicinity of Shaw Island and Elizabeth Island (Nagahut Rocks) haulout 
sites (Rugh et al. 2005a), but are rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet 
(Nemeth et al. 2007). Of the 42 Steller sea lion groups recorded during 
Cook Inlet aerial surveys between 1993 and 2004, none were recorded 
north of Anchor Point and only one in the vicinity of Kachemak Bay 
(Rugh et al. 2005a). Marine mammal observers associated with 
Buccaneer's drilling project off Cape Starichkof did observe seven 
Steller sea lions during the summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014).
    The upper reaches of Cook Inlet may not provide adequate foraging 
conditions for sea lions for establishing a major haul out presence. 
Steller sea lions feed largely on walleye pollock, salmon and 
arrowtooth flounder during the summer, and walleye pollock and Pacific 
cod during the winter (Sinclair and Zeppelin 2002), none of which, 
except for salmon, are found in abundance in upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth 
et al. 2007). Steller sea lions are unlikely to be encountered during 
operations in upper Cook Inlet, as they are primarily encountered along 
the Kenai Peninsula, especially closer to Anchor Point. Therefore, no 
take of Steller sea lion is authorized.

Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components (seismic airgun operations, sub-bottom profiler chirper and 
boomer, vibracore) of the specified activity may impact marine mammals. 
The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section later in this 
document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of 
individuals that NMFS expects to be taken by this activity. The 
``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section will include the analysis of how 
this specific proposed activity would impact marine mammals and will 
consider the content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by 
Incidental Harassment'' section, the ``Mitigation'' section, and the 
``Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat'' section to draw 
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of this activity on the 
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and from that on 
the affected marine mammal populations or stocks.
    NMFS intends to provide a background of potential effects of 
EMALL's activities in this section. Operating active acoustic sources 
have the potential for adverse effects on marine mammals. The majority 
of anticipated impacts would be from the use of active acoustic 
sources.

Acoustic Impacts

    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current 
data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 1997; Wartzok 
and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
    Southall et al. (2007) designated ``functional hearing groups'' for 
marine mammals based on available behavioral data; audiograms derived 
from auditory evoked potentials; anatomical modeling; and other data. 
Southall et al. (2007) also estimated the lower and upper frequencies 
of functional hearing for each group. However, animals are less 
sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their functional hearing 
range and are more sensitive to a range of frequencies within the 
middle of their functional hearing range.
    The functional groups and the associated frequencies are:
     Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): 
Functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) 
and 25 kHz (extended from 22 kHz based on data indicating that some 
mysticetes can hear above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi and Stein, 
2007; Ketten and Mountain, 2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);

[[Page 50999]]

     Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six 
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and 
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, 
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species 
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz; and
     Pinnipeds in water: Phocid (true seals) functional hearing 
estimates occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz (Hemila et al., 
2006; Mulsow et al., 2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and otariid (seals 
and sea lions) functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 
100 Hz to 40 kHz.
    As mentioned previously in this document, Cook Inlet beluga whales, 
harbor porpoise, killer whales, and harbor seals (3 odontocetes and 1 
phocid) would likely occur in the action area. Table 2 presents the 
classification of these species into their respective functional 
hearing group. NMFS consider a species' functional hearing group when 
analyzing the effects of exposure to sound on marine mammals.

 Table 2--Classification of Marine Mammals That Could Potentially Occur
 in the Proposed Activity Area in Cook Inlet, 2015 by Functional Hearing
                                  Group
                         [Southall et al., 2007]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid-Frequency Hearing Range...............  Beluga whale, killer whale.
High Frequency Hearing Range..............  Harbor porpoise.
Pinnipeds in Water Hearing Range..........  Harbor seal.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on Marine Mammals
    The effects of sounds from airgun operations might include one or 
more of the following: Tolerance, masking of natural sounds, behavioral 
disturbance, temporary or permanent impairment, or non-auditory 
physical or physiological effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et 
al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007). The effects of 
noise on marine mammals are highly variable, often depending on species 
and contextual factors (based on Richardson et al., 1995).

Tolerance

    Studies on marine mammals' tolerance to sound in the natural 
environment are relatively rare. Richardson et al. (1995) defined 
tolerance as the occurrence of marine mammals in areas where they are 
exposed to human activities or manmade noise. In many cases, tolerance 
develops by the animal habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the gradual 
waning of responses to a repeated or ongoing stimulus) (Richardson, et 
al., 1995), but because of ecological or physiological requirements, 
many marine animals may need to remain in areas where they are exposed 
to chronic stimuli (Richardson, et al., 1995).
    Numerous studies have shown that pulsed sounds from airguns are 
often readily detectable in the water at distances of many kilometers. 
Several studies have also shown that marine mammals at distances of 
more than a few kilometers from operating seismic vessels often show no 
apparent response. That is often true even in cases when the pulsed 
sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on measured 
received levels and the hearing sensitivity of the marine mammal group. 
Although various baleen whales and toothed whales, and (less 
frequently) pinnipeds have been shown to react behaviorally to airgun 
pulses under some conditions, at other times marine mammals of all 
three types have shown no overt reactions (Stone, 2003; Stone and 
Tasker, 2006; Moulton et al. 2005, 2006) and (MacLean and Koski, 2005; 
Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from 
a 24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147 
in\3\ in Angolan waters between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir (2008) 
recorded a total of 207 sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm 
whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported 
that there were no significant differences in encounter rates 
(sightings per hour) for humpback and sperm whales according to the 
airgun array's operational status (i.e., active versus silent).
    Bain and Williams (2006) examined the effects of a large airgun 
array (maximum total discharge volume of 1,100 in \3\) on six species 
in shallow waters off British Columbia and Washington: Harbor seal, 
California sea lion, Steller sea lion, gray whale, Dall's porpoise, and 
harbor porpoise. Harbor porpoises showed reactions at received levels 
less than 155 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa at a distance of greater than 70 km (43 
mi) from the seismic source (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, the 
tendency for greater responsiveness by harbor porpoise is consistent 
with their relative responsiveness to boat traffic and some other 
acoustic sources (Richardson, et al., 1995; Southall, et al., 2007). In 
contrast, the authors reported that gray whales seemed to tolerate 
exposures to sound up to approximately 170 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and 
Williams, 2006) and Dall's porpoises occupied and tolerated areas 
receiving exposures of 170-180 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and Williams, 
2006; Parsons, et al., 2009). The authors observed several gray whales 
that moved away from the airguns toward deeper water where sound levels 
were higher due to propagation effects resulting in higher noise 
exposures (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, it is unclear whether 
their movements reflected a response to the sounds (Bain and Williams, 
2006). Thus, the authors surmised that the lack of gray whale responses 
to higher received sound levels were ambiguous at best because one 
expects the species to be the most sensitive to the low-frequency sound 
emanating from the airguns (Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Pirotta et al., (2014) observed short-term responses of harbor 
porpoises to a two-dimensional (2-D) seismic survey in an enclosed bay 
in northeast Scotland which did not result in broad-scale displacement. 
The harbor porpoises that remained in the enclosed bay area reduced 
their buzzing activity by 15 percent during the seismic survey 
(Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors suggest that animals exposed 
to anthropogenic disturbance may make trade-offs between perceived 
risks and the cost of leaving disturbed areas (Pirotta, et al., 2014).

Masking

    Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a variety of purposes, 
which differ among species, but include communication between 
individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction, avoiding predators, 
and learning about their environment (Erbe and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 
2000).
    The term masking refers to the inability of an animal to recognize 
the occurrence of an acoustic stimulus because of interference of 
another acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009). Thus, masking is the 
obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds, often at similar 
frequencies. It is a phenomenon that affects animals that are trying to 
receive acoustic information about their environment, including sounds 
from other members of their species, predators, prey, and sounds that 
allow them to orient in their environment. Masking these acoustic 
signals can disturb the behavior of individual animals, groups of 
animals,

[[Page 51000]]

or entire populations in certain circumstances.
    Introduced underwater sound may, through masking, reduce the 
effective communication distance of a marine mammal species if the 
frequency of the source is close to that used as a signal by the marine 
mammal, and if the anthropogenic sound is present for a significant 
fraction of the time (Richardson et al., 1995).
    Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for masking by 
adjusting their acoustic behavior through shifting call frequencies, 
increasing call volume, and increasing vocalization rates. For example 
in one study, blue whales increased call rates when exposed to noise 
from seismic surveys in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 
2010). Other studies reported that some North Atlantic right whales 
exposed to high shipping noise increased call frequency (Parks et al., 
2007) and some humpback whales responded to low-frequency active sonar 
playbacks by increasing song length (Miller et al., 2000). 
Additionally, beluga whales change their vocalizations in the presence 
of high background noise possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et al., 
1985; Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).
    Studies have shown that some baleen and toothed whales continue 
calling in the presence of seismic pulses, and some researchers have 
heard these calls between the seismic pulses (e.g., McDonald et al., 
1995; Greene et al., 1999; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004; 
Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b, 2006; and Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).
    In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006) reported that fin whales in 
the northeast Pacific Ocean went silent for an extended period starting 
soon after the onset of a seismic survey in the area. Similarly, NMFS 
is aware of one report that observed sperm whales ceased calls when 
exposed to pulses from a very distant seismic ship (Bowles et al., 
1994). However, more recent studies have found that sperm whales 
continued calling in the presence of seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 
2002; Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2006; and 
Jochens et al., 2008).
    Risch et al., (2012) documented reductions in humpback whale 
vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank National Marine Sanctuary 
concurrent with transmissions of the Ocean Acoustic Waveguide Remote 
Sensing (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor system at distances of 200 km 
(124 mi) from the source. The recorded OAWRS produced series of 
frequency modulated pulses and the signal received levels ranged from 
88 to 110 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors 
hypothesized that individuals did not leave the area but instead ceased 
singing and noted that the duration and frequency range of the OAWRS 
signals (a novel sound to the whales) were similar to those of natural 
humpback whale song components used during mating (Risch et al., 2012). 
Thus, the novelty of the sound to humpback whales in the study area 
provided a compelling contextual probability for the observed effects 
(Risch et al., 2012). However, the authors did not state or imply that 
these changes had long-term effects on individual animals or 
populations (Risch et al., 2012).
    Several studies have also reported hearing dolphins and porpoises 
calling while airguns were operating (e.g., Gordon et al., 2004; 
Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, b; and Potter et al., 2007). 
The sounds important to small odontocetes are predominantly at much 
higher frequencies than the dominant components of airgun sounds, thus 
limiting the potential for masking in those species.
    Although some degree of masking is inevitable when high levels of 
manmade broadband sounds are present in the sea, marine mammals have 
evolved systems and behavior that function to reduce the impacts of 
masking. Odontocete conspecifics may readily detect structured signals, 
such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales even 
in the presence of strong background noise because their frequency 
content and temporal features usually differ strongly from those of the 
background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of 
background noise that are similar in frequency to the sound signal in 
question primarily determine the degree of masking of that signal.
    Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak 
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in 
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in 
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the 
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals 
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions, 
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies 
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise 
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic 
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may 
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving 
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency 
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale, 
empirical evidence confirms that masking depends strongly on the 
relative directions of arrival of sound signals and the masking noise 
(Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain et al., 1993; Bain and 
Dahlheim, 1994). Toothed whales and probably other marine mammals as 
well, have additional capabilities besides directional hearing that can 
facilitate detection of sounds in the presence of background noise. 
There is evidence that some toothed whales can shift the dominant 
frequencies of their echolocation signals from a frequency range with a 
lot of ambient noise toward frequencies with less noise (Au et al., 
1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko 
and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal species 
increase the source levels or alter the frequency of their calls in the 
presence of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993; Lesage et 
al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007, 
2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et al., 2009).
    These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain 
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed 
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding 
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine 
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the 
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a 
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when 
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at 
higher frequencies. Studies have noted directional hearing at 
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including 
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability may be useful in 
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound 
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of 
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This 
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher 
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales, 
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the 
effects of such masking.

Behavioral Disturbance

    Marine mammals may behaviorally react to sound when exposed to 
anthropogenic noise. Reactions to

[[Page 51001]]

sound, if any, depend on species, state of maturity, experience, 
current activity, reproductive state, time of day, and many other 
factors (Richardson et al., 1995; D'Spain & Wartzok, 2004; Southall et 
al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).
    Types of behavioral reactions can include the following: changing 
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or 
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; 
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as 
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive 
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of 
areas where noise sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g., 
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
    The biological significance of many of these behavioral 
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected 
disturbances appear minor. However, one could expect the consequences 
of behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change 
affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and 
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of behavioral modifications 
that could impact growth, survival, or reproduction include:
     Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as 
those associated with beaked whale stranding related to exposure to 
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
     Permanent habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable 
acoustic environment; and
     Disruption of feeding or social interaction resulting in 
significant energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or cow-calf 
separation.
    The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise 
depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and 
their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, 
experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Richardson et 
al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007). Many studies have also shown that 
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show 
no apparent response when exposed to seismic activities (e.g., Madsen & 
Mohl, 2000 for sperm whales; Malme et al., 1983, 1984 for gray whales; 
and Richardson et al., 1986 for bowhead whales). Other studies have 
shown that marine mammals continue important behaviors in the presence 
of seismic pulses (e.g., Dunn & Hernandez, 2009 for blue whales; Greene 
Jr. et al., 1999 for bowhead whales; Holst and Beland, 2010; Holst and 
Smultea, 2008; Holst et al., 2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Richardson, 
et al., 1986; Smultea et al., 2004).
    Baleen Whales: Studies have shown that underwater sounds from 
seismic activities are often readily detectable by baleen whales in the 
water at distances of many kilometers (Castellote et al., 2012 for fin 
whales).
    Observers have seen various species of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, 
fin, and minke whales) in areas ensonified by airgun pulses (Stone, 
2003; MacLean and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker, 2006), and have 
localized calls from blue and fin whales in areas with airgun 
operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995; Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; 
Castellote et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on seismic vessels off 
the United Kingdom from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during times of good 
visibility, sighting rates for mysticetes (mainly fin and sei whales) 
were similar when large arrays of airguns were shooting versus silent 
(Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006). However, these whales tended to 
exhibit localized avoidance, remaining significantly further (on 
average) from the airgun array during seismic operations compared with 
non-seismic periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).
    Ship-based monitoring studies of baleen whales (including blue, 
fin, sei, minke, and humpback whales) in the northwest Atlantic found 
that overall, this group had lower sighting rates during seismic versus 
non-seismic periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The authors observed 
that baleen whales as a group were significantly farther from the 
vessel during seismic compared with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the 
authors observed that the whales swam away more often from the 
operating seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Initial sightings 
of blue and minke whales were significantly farther from the vessel 
during seismic operations compared to non-seismic periods and the 
authors observed the same trend for fin whales (Moulton and Holst, 
2010). Also, the authors observed that minke whales most often swam 
away from the vessel when seismic operations were underway (Moulton and 
Holst, 2010).
    Toothed Whales: Few systematic data are available describing 
reactions of toothed whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work 
on sperm whales is underway (e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Madsen et al., 
2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller et al., 2009) 
and there is an increasing amount of information about responses of 
various odontocetes, including killer whales and belugas, to seismic 
surveys based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al., 
2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006; Holst et al., 
2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Potter et al., 2007; Hauser et al., 2008; 
Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir, 2008; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Richardson 
et al., 2009; Moulton and Holst, 2010). Reactions of toothed whales to 
large arrays of airguns are variable and, at least for delphinids, seem 
to be confined to a smaller radius than has been observed for 
mysticetes.
    Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United 
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and 
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note that killer whales were 
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of active 
airgun operations compared with periods of silence. The displacement of 
the median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or 
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting 
in deeper water (Stone, 2003; Gordon et al., 2004).
    The beluga may be a species that (at least in certain geographic 
areas) shows long-distance avoidance of seismic vessels. Aerial surveys 
during seismic operations in the southeastern Beaufort Sea recorded 
much lower sighting rates of beluga whales within 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 
mi) of an active seismic vessel. These results were consistent with the 
low number of beluga sightings reported by observers aboard the seismic 
vessel, suggesting that some belugas might have been avoiding the 
seismic operations at distances of 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) (Miller et 
al., 2005).

Delphinids

    Seismic operators and protected species observers (observers) on 
seismic vessels regularly see dolphins and other small toothed whales 
near operating airgun arrays, but in general there is a tendency for 
most delphinids to show some avoidance of operating seismic vessels 
(e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone, 2003; 
Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; 
Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and 
Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic vessel 
and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel even when 
large arrays of airguns are firing (e.g., Moulton and Miller, 2005). 
Nonetheless, there have been indications that small toothed whales 
sometimes move away or maintain a somewhat greater distance from the 
vessel when a large array of

[[Page 51002]]

airguns is operating than when it is silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; 
Stone and Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008; Moulton and Holst, 2010). In most 
cases, the avoidance radii for delphinids appear to be small, on the 
order of one km or less, and some individuals show no apparent 
avoidance.
    Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited changes in behavior when 
exposed to strong pulsed sounds similar in duration to those typically 
used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002, 2005). However, 
the animals tolerated high received levels of sound (pk-pk level >200 
dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before exhibiting aversive behaviors.

Porpoises

    Results for porpoises depend upon the species. The limited 
available data suggest that harbor porpoises show stronger avoidance of 
seismic operations than do Dall's porpoises (Stone, 2003; MacLean and 
Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006). Dall's 
porpoises seem relatively tolerant of airgun operations (MacLean and 
Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006), although they too have been 
observed to avoid large arrays of operating airguns (Calambokidis and 
Osmek, 1998; Bain and Williams, 2006). This apparent difference in 
responsiveness of these two porpoise species is consistent with their 
relative responsiveness to boat traffic and some other acoustic sources 
(Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).

Pinnipeds

    Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance reaction to the 
airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from seismic vessels 
has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by pinnipeds and 
only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work in the 
Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable information 
regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic pulses 
(Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects 
usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total volumes of 560 to 
1,500 in \3\. The combined results suggest that some seals avoid the 
immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey years, ringed 
seal (Phoca hispida) sightings tended to be farther away from the 
seismic vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not 
(Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were 
relatively small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of 
meters, and many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the 
trackline as the operating airgun array passed by the animals. Seal 
sighting rates at the water surface were lower during airgun array 
operations than during no-airgun periods in each survey year except 
1997. Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds from 
seal-scaring devices (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994; 
Richardson et al., 1995). However, initial telemetry work suggests that 
avoidance and other behavioral reactions by two other species of seals 
to small airgun sources may at times be stronger than evident to date 
from visual studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al., 
1998).

Hearing Impairment

    Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may 
result in auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift--an 
increase in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran et 
al., 2005). Factors that influence the amount of threshold shift 
include the amplitude, duration, frequency content, temporal pattern, 
and energy distribution of noise exposure. The magnitude of hearing 
threshold shift normally decreases over time following cessation of the 
noise exposure. The amount of threshold shift just after exposure is 
the initial threshold shift. If the threshold shift eventually returns 
to zero (i.e., the threshold returns to the pre-exposure value), it is 
a temporary threshold shift (Southall et al., 2007).
    Threshold Shift (noise-induced loss of hearing)--When animals 
exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be louder for an 
animal to detect them) following exposure to an intense sound or sound 
for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-induced threshold shift 
(TS). An animal can experience temporary threshold shift (TTS) or 
permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from minutes or hours to 
days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can occur in specific 
frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a temporary loss of 
hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can 
be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's hearing sensitivity 
might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced by 30 dB). PTS is 
permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can also occur in a 
specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above for TTS.
    The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role 
in inducing auditory TS: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear 
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment 
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear, 
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and 
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output 
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal 
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the 
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As 
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does 
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent 
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with 
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent 
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Kryter et al., 
1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound 
exposure may induce the same impairment as one longer but softer sound, 
which in turn may cause more impairment than a series of several 
intermittent softer sounds with the same total energy (Ward, 1997). 
Additionally, though TTS is temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds 
strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to sound levels 
well above the TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least in terrestrial 
mammals (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of EMALL'ssurvey, NMFS 
does not expect that animals would experience levels high enough or 
durations long enough to result in PTS given that the airgun is a very 
low volume airgun, and the use of the airgun will be restricted to 
seven days in a small geographic area.
    PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007). 
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause 
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the 
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner 
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear 
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
    Although the published body of scientific literature contains 
numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing 
impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few 
studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-
induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in non-human animals.
    Recent studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011) 
found that despite completely reversible threshold shifts that leave 
cochlear sensory cells intact, large threshold shifts could cause 
synaptic level changes and delayed cochlear nerve

[[Page 51003]]

degeneration in mice and guinea pigs, respectively. NMFS notes that the 
high level of TTS that led to the synaptic changes shown in these 
studies is in the range of the high degree of TTS that Southall et al. 
(2007) used to calculate PTS levels. It is unknown whether smaller 
levels of TTS would lead to similar changes. NMFS, however, 
acknowledges the complexity of noise exposure on the nervous system, 
and will re-examine this issue as more data become available.
    For marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive 
bottlenose dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless 
porpoise (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2010a, 2010b; 
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009a, 
2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt et 
al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water, data 
are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an elephant seal, 
and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; Kastelein et al., 
2012b).
    Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold shift (TS) of a harbor 
porpoise after exposing it to airgun noise with a received sound 
pressure level (SPL) at 200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 [mu]Pa, which 
corresponds to a sound exposure level of 164.5 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa2 s after 
integrating exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-mean-square (rms) of 
received SPL at 180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa as the threshold above 
which permanent threshold shift (PTS) could occur for cetaceans and 
pinnipeds, respectively. Because the airgun noise is a broadband 
impulse, one cannot directly determine the equivalent of rms SPL from 
the reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However, applying a conservative 
conversion factor of 16 dB for broadband signals from seismic surveys 
(McCauley, et al., 2000) to correct for the difference between peak-to-
peak levels reported in Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the rms SPL 
for TTS would be approximately 184 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa, and the received 
levels associated with PTS (Level A harassment) would be higher. This 
is still above NMFS' current 180 dB rms re: 1 [mu]Pa threshold for 
injury. However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of harbor porpoises is lower 
than other cetacean species empirically tested (Finneran & Schlundt, 
2010; Finneran et al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).
    A recent study on bottlenose dolphins (Schlundt, et al., 2013) 
measured hearing thresholds at multiple frequencies to determine the 
amount of TTS induced before and after exposure to a sequence of 
impulses produced by a seismic air gun. The air gun volume and 
operating pressure varied from 40-150 in\3\ and 1000-2000 psi, 
respectively. After three years and 180 sessions, the authors observed 
no significant TTS at any test frequency, for any combinations of air 
gun volume, pressure, or proximity to the dolphin during behavioral 
tests (Schlundt, et al., 2013). Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest that the 
potential for airguns to cause hearing loss in dolphins is lower than 
previously predicted, perhaps as a result of the low-frequency content 
of air gun impulses compared to the high-frequency hearing ability of 
dolphins.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to serious 
(similar to those discussed in auditory masking, below). For example, a 
marine mammal may be able to readily compensate for a brief, relatively 
small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency range that occurs 
during a time where ambient noise is lower and there are not as many 
competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and longer 
duration of TTS sustained during time when communication is critical 
for successful mother/calf interactions could have more serious 
impacts. Also, depending on the degree and frequency range, the effects 
of PTS on an animal could range in severity, although it is considered 
generally more serious because it is a permanent condition. Of note, 
reduced hearing sensitivity as a simple function of aging has been 
observed in marine mammals, as well as humans and other taxa (Southall 
et al., 2007), so one can infer that strategies exist for coping with 
this condition to some degree, though likely not without cost.
    Given the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS as compared 
with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS would occur during 
the survey; TTS is also unlikely. Cetaceans generally avoid the 
immediate area around operating seismic vessels, as do some other 
marine mammals. Some pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to airguns, but 
their avoidance reactions are generally not as strong or consistent 
compared to cetacean reactions.
    Non-auditory Physical Effects: Non-auditory physical effects might 
occur in marine mammals exposed to strong underwater pulsed sound. 
Possible types of non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that 
theoretically might occur in mammals close to a strong sound source 
include stress, neurological effects, bubble formation, and other types 
of organ or tissue damage. Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked 
whales) may be especially susceptible to injury and/or stranding when 
exposed to strong pulsed sounds.
    Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous 
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception 
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually 
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to 
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle, 
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it 
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination 
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses; 
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune 
responses.
    In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most 
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance 
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a 
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the 
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical 
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system, 
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal 
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with stress. 
These responses have a relatively short duration and may or may not 
have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
    An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its 
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has 
received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal 
(HPA) system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the 
hypothalamus-pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). 
Unlike stress responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, 
the pituitary hormones regulate virtually all neuroendocrine functions 
affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of 
pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg, 
1987; Rivier, 1995), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced 
immune competence (Blecha, 2000), and behavioral disturbance.

[[Page 51004]]

Increases in the circulation of glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, 
corticosterone, and aldosterone in marine mammals; see Romano et al., 
2004) have been equated with stress for many years.
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost 
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen 
stores that the body quickly replenishes after alleviation of the 
stressor. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would 
not pose a risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does 
not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a 
stress response, it diverts energy resources from other biotic 
functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion. 
For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from 
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth 
(McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). When mounting a stress response diverts 
energy from a fetus, an animal's reproductive success and fitness will 
suffer. In these cases, the animals will have entered a pre-
pathological or pathological state called ``distress'' (sensu Seyle, 
1950) or ``allostatic loading'' (sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). 
This pathological state will last until the animal replenishes its 
biotic reserves sufficient to restore normal function. Note that these 
examples involved a long-term (days or weeks) stress response exposure 
to stimuli.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented 
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology 
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising 
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both 
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al., 
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004; 
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer, 
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological 
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of 
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect 
some marine mammals to experience physiological stress responses and, 
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as 
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
    For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between 
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of 
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased 
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance 
when faced with acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance. 
Trimper et al. (1998) reported on the physiological stress responses of 
osprey to low-level aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004) 
reported on the auditory and physiology stress responses of endangered 
Sonoran pronghorn to military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b) 
identified noise-induced physiological transient stress responses in 
hearing-specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and 
long-term hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological 
and behavioral stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner 
ears of fish and several mammals.
    Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather 
information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics. 
Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory 
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains 
limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather 
information about its environment and communicate with other members of 
its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals 
exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and 
because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. 
Therefore, NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger 
onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress 
responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress 
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger 
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover 
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress 
responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals 
to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral 
responses to TTS.
    Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble 
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure 
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic 
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might 
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to 
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific 
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses.
    In general, there are few data about the potential for strong, 
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects 
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably 
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a 
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a 
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative 
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be 
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of 
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large 
arrays of airguns. In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral 
avoidance of seismic vessels, including some pinnipeds, are unlikely to 
incur non-auditory impairment or other physical effects. The low volume 
of the airgun proposed for this activity combined with the limited 
scope of use makes non-auditory physical effects from airgun use, 
including stress, unlikely. Therefore, we do not anticipate such 
effects would occur given the brief duration of exposure during the 
survey.

Stranding and Mortality

    When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and 
becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the event is a 
``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and 
Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a stranding 
under the MMPA is that ``(A) a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on a 
beach or shore of the United States; or (ii) in waters under the 
jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters); or 
(B) a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the 
United States and is unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or 
shore of the United States and, although able to return to the water, 
is in need of apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under 
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters), 
but is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or 
without assistance.''
    Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious 
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, 
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or 
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. 
However, the cause or causes of

[[Page 51005]]

most strandings are unknown (Geraci et al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et 
al., 1980; Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest that the physiology, 
behavior, habitat relationships, age, or condition of cetaceans may 
cause them to strand or might pre-dispose them to strand when exposed 
to another phenomenon. These suggestions are consistent with the 
conclusions of numerous other studies that have demonstrated that 
combinations of dissimilar stressors commonly combine to kill an animal 
or dramatically reduce its fitness, even though one exposure without 
the other does not produce the same result (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 
2005; DeVries et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley et al., 2001; 
Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004). 
Given the low volume and source level of the proposed airgun, standing 
and mortality are not anticipated due to use of the airgun proposed for 
this activity.
2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic Devices

Sub-Bottom Profiler

    EMALL would also operate a sub-bottom profiler chirp and boomer 
from the source vessel during the proposed survey. The chirp's sounds 
are very short pulses, occurring for one ms, six times per second. Most 
of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the profiler is at 2-6 
kHz, and the beam is directed downward. The chirp has a maximum source 
level of 202 dB re: 1 [micro]Pa, with a tilt angle of 90 degrees below 
horizontal and a beam width of 24 degrees. The sub-bottom profiler 
boomer will shoot approximately every 3.125m, with shots lasting 1.5 to 
2 seconds. Most of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the boomer 
is concentrated between 0.5 and 6 kHz, with a source level of 205dB re: 
1[micro]Pa. The tilt of the boomer is 90 degrees below horizontal, but 
the emission is omnidirectional. Kremser et al., (2005) noted that the 
probability of a cetacean swimming through the area of exposure when a 
bottom profiler emits a pulse is small--because if the animal was in 
the area, it would have to pass the transducer at close range in order 
to be subjected to sound levels that could cause temporary threshold 
shift and would likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the area near the 
transducer rather than swim through at such a close range.
    Masking: Both the chirper and boomer sub-bottom profilers produce 
impulsive sound exceeding 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). The louder boomer 
operates at a source value of 205 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), but with a 
frequency between 0.5 and 6 kHz, which is lower than the maximum 
sensitivity hearing range of any the local species (belugas--40-130 
kHz;, killer whales--7-30 kHz; harbor porpoise--100-140 kHz; and harbor 
seals--10-30 kHz; Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Southall et al. 2007, 
Kastelein et al. 2002). While the chirper is not as loud (202 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa-m [rms]), it does operate at a higher frequency range (2-16 
kHz), and within the maximum sensitive range of all of the local 
species except beluga whales.
    Marine mammal communications would not likely be masked appreciably 
by the profiler's signals given the directionality of the signal and 
the brief period when an individual mammal is likely to be within its 
beam. Furthermore, despite the fact that the profiler overlaps with 
hearing ranges of many marine mammal species in the area, the 
profiler's signals do not overlap with the predominant frequencies in 
the calls, which would avoid significant masking.
    Behavioral Responses: Responses to the profiler are likely to be 
similar to the other pulsed sources discussed earlier if received at 
the same levels. The behavioral response of local marine mammals to the 
operation of the sub-bottom profilers is expected to be similar to that 
of the small airgun. The odontocetes are likely to avoid the sub-bottom 
profiler activity, especially the naturally shy harbor porpoise, while 
the harbor seals might be attracted to them out of curiosity. However, 
because the sub-bottom profilers operate from a moving vessel, and the 
maximum radius to the 160 dB harassment threshold is only 263 m (863 
ft), the area and time that this equipment would be affecting a given 
location is very small.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: It is unlikely that 
the sub-bottom profilers produce sound levels strong enough to cause 
hearing impairment or other physical injuries even in an animal that is 
(briefly) in a position near the source (Wood et al., 2012). The 
likelihood of marine mammals moving away from the source make if 
further unlikely that a marine mammal would be able to approach close 
to the transducers.
    Animals may avoid the area around the survey vessels, thereby 
reducing exposure. Any disturbance to marine mammals is likely to be in 
the form of temporary avoidance or alteration of opportunistic foraging 
behavior near the survey location.

Vibracore

    EMALL would conduct vibracoring in a corridor across a northern 
portion of Cook Inlet and near the marine terminal area for a total of 
55 vibracoring occurrences. While duration is dependent on sediment 
type, the driving mechanism, which emits sound at a source level of 
187dB re: 1[micro]Pa, will only bore for 1 to 2 minutes. The sound is 
emitted at a frequency of 10 Hz to 20 kHz. Cores will be bored at 
approximately every 4 km along the pipeline corridor, for about 22 
cores in that area. Approximately 33 cores will be taken in the Marine 
Terminal area.
    Masking: It is unlikely that masking will occur due to vibracore 
operations. Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound measurements on an 
operating vibracorer in Alaska and found that it emitted a sound 
pressure level at 1-m source of 188 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), with a 
frequency range of between 10 Hz and 20 kHz. While the frequency range 
overlaps the lower ends of the maximum sensitivity hearing ranges of 
harbor porpoises, killer whales, and harbor seals, and the continuous 
sound extends 2.54 km (1.6 mi) to the 120 dB threshold, the vibracorer 
will operate about the one or two minutes it takes to drive the core 
pipe 7 m (20 ft) into the sediment, and approximately twice per day. 
Therefore, there is very little opportunity for this activity to mask 
the communication of local marine mammals.
    Behavioral Response: It is unlikely that vibracoring will elicit 
behavioral responses from marine mammal species in the area. An 
analysis of similar survey activity in New Zealand classified the 
likely effects from vibracore and similar activity to be some habitat 
degradation and prey species effects, but primarily behavioral 
responses, although the species in the analyzed area were different to 
those found in Cook Inlet (Thompson, 2012).
    There are no data on the behavioral response to vibracore activity 
of marine mammals in Cook Inlet. The closest analog to vibracoring 
might be exploratory drilling, although there is a notable difference 
in magnitude between an oil and gas drilling operation and collecting 
sediment samples with a vibracorer. Thomas et al. (1990) played back 
drilling sound to four captive beluga whales and found no statistical 
difference in swim patterns, social groups, respiration and dive rates, 
or stress hormone levels before and during playbacks. There is no 
reason to believe that beluga whales or any other marine mammal exposed 
to vibracoring sound would behave any differently, especially since 
vibracoring occurs for only one or two minutes.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: The vibracorer 
operates for only one or two minutes at a time with a 1-m source of 
187.4 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-

[[Page 51006]]

m (rms). It is neither loud enough nor does it operate for a long 
enough duration to induce either TTS or PTS.

Stranding and Mortality

    Stress, Stranding, and Mortality Safety zones will be established 
to prevent acoustical injury to local marine mammals, especially injury 
that could indirectly lead to mortality. Also, G&G sound is not 
expected to cause resonate effects to gas-filled spaces or airspaces in 
marine mammals based on the research of Finneran (2003) on beluga 
whales showing that the tissue and other body masses dampen any 
potential effects of resonance on ear cavities, lungs, and intestines. 
Chronic exposure to sound could lead to physiological stress eventually 
causing hormonal imbalances (NRC 2005). If survival demands are already 
high, and/or additional stressors are present, the ability of the 
animal to cope decreases, leading to pathological conditions or death 
(NRC 2005). Potential effects may be greatest where sound disturbance 
can disrupt feeding patterns including displacement from critical 
feeding grounds. However, all G&G exposure to marine mammals would be 
of duration measured in minutes.
    Specific sound-related processes that lead to strandings and 
mortality are not well documented, but may include (1) swimming in 
avoidance of a sound into shallow water; (2) a change in behavior (such 
as a change in diving behavior) that might contribute to tissue damage, 
gas bubble formation, hypoxia, cardiac arrhythmia, hypertensive 
hemorrhage, or other forms of trauma; (3) a physiological change such 
as a vestibular response leading to a behavioral change or stress-
induced hemorrhagic diathesis, leading in turn to tissue damage; and, 
(4) tissue damage directly from sound exposure, such as through 
acoustically mediated bubble formation and growth or acoustic resonance 
of tissues (Wood et al. 2012). Some of these mechanisms are unlikely to 
apply in the case of impulse G&G sounds, especially since airguns and 
sub-bottom profilers produce broadband sound with low pressure rise. 
Strandings to date which have been attributed to sound exposure related 
to date from military exercises using narrowband mid-frequency sonar 
with a much greater likelihood to cause physical damage (Balcomb and 
Claridge 2001, NOAA and USN, 2001, Hildebrand 2005).
    The low intensity, low frequency, broadband sound associated with 
airguns and sub-bottom profilers, combined with the shutdown safety 
zone mitigation measure for the airgun would prevent physical damage to 
marine mammals. The vibracoring would also be unlikely to have the 
capability of causing physical damage to marine mammals because of its 
low intensity and short duration.
3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement and Collisions
    Vessel movement in the vicinity of marine mammals has the potential 
to result in either a behavioral response or a direct physical 
interaction. We discuss both scenarios here.
    Behavioral Responses to Vessel Movement: There are limited data 
concerning marine mammal behavioral responses to vessel traffic and 
vessel noise, and a lack of consensus among scientists with respect to 
what these responses mean or whether they result in short-term or long-
term adverse effects. In those cases where there is a busy shipping 
lane or where there is a large amount of vessel traffic, marine mammals 
may experience acoustic masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are present 
in the area (e.g., killer whales in Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; 
Holt et al., 2008). In cases where vessels actively approach marine 
mammals (e.g., whale watching or dolphin watching boats), scientists 
have documented that animals exhibit altered behavior such as increased 
swimming speed, erratic movement, and active avoidance behavior (Bursk, 
1983; Acevedo, 1991; Baker and MacGibbon, 1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; 
Williams et al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003), reduced blow interval 
(Ritcher et al., 2003), disruption of normal social behaviors (Lusseau, 
2003; 2006), and the shift of behavioral activities which may increase 
energetic costs (Constantine et al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of 
marine mammal reactions to ships and boats is available in Richardson 
et al. (1995). For each of the marine mammal taxonomy groups, 
Richardson et al. (1995) provides the following assessment regarding 
reactions to vessel traffic:
    Pinnipeds: Reactions by pinnipeds to vessel disturbance largely 
involve relocation. Harbor seals hauled out on mud flats have been 
documented returning to the water in response to nearing boat traffic. 
Vessels that approach haulouts slowly may also elicit alert reactions 
without flushing from the haulout. Small boats with slow, constant 
speed elicit the least noticeable reactions. However, in Alaska 
specifically, harbor seals are documented to tolerate fishing vessels 
with no discernable reactions, and habituation is common (Burns in 
Johnson et al., 1989).
    Porpoises: Harbor porpoises are often seen changing direction in 
the presence of vessel traffic. Avoidance has been documented up to 1km 
away from an approaching vessel, but the avoidance response is 
strengthened in closer proximity to vessels (Barlow, 1998; Palka, 
1993). This avoidance behavior is not consistent across all porpoises, 
as Dall's porpoises have been observed approaching boats.
    Toothed whales: In summary, toothed whales sometimes show no 
avoidance reaction to vessels, or even approach them. However, 
avoidance can occur, especially in response to vessels of types used to 
chase or hunt the animals. This may cause temporary displacement, but 
we know of no clear evidence that toothed whales have abandoned 
significant parts of their range because of vessel traffic.
    Behavioral responses to stimuli are complex and influenced to 
varying degrees by a number of factors, such as species, behavioral 
contexts, geographical regions, source characteristics (moving or 
stationary, speed, direction, etc.), prior experience of the animal and 
physical status of the animal. For example, studies have shown that 
beluga whales' reactions varied when exposed to vessel noise and 
traffic. In some cases, naive beluga whales exhibited rapid swimming 
from ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7 mi) away, and showed 
changes in surfacing, breathing, diving, and group composition in the 
Canadian high Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley et al., 
1990). In other cases, beluga whales were more tolerant of vessels, but 
responded differentially to certain vessels and operating 
characteristics by reducing their calling rates (especially older 
animals) in the St. Lawrence River where vessel traffic is common 
(Blane and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay, Alaska, beluga whales 
continued to feed when surrounded by fishing vessels and resisted 
dispersal even when purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania, 1971).
    In reviewing more than 25 years of whale observation data, Watkins 
(1986) concluded that whale reactions to vessel traffic were ``modified 
by their previous experience and current activity: Habituation often 
occurred rapidly, attention to other stimuli or preoccupation with 
other activities sometimes overcame their interest or wariness of 
stimuli.'' Watkins noticed that over the years of exposure to ships in 
the Cape Cod area, minke whales changed from frequent positive interest 
(e.g., approaching vessels) to generally uninterested reactions; fin 
whales changed from mostly negative (e.g.,

[[Page 51007]]

avoidance) to uninterested reactions; right whales apparently continued 
the same variety of responses (negative, uninterested, and positive 
responses) with little change; and humpbacks dramatically changed from 
mixed responses that were often negative to reactions that were often 
strongly positive. Watkins (1986) summarized that ``whales near shore, 
even in regions with low vessel traffic, generally have become less 
wary of boats and their noises, and they have appeared to be less 
easily disturbed than previously. In particular locations with intense 
shipping and repeated approaches by boats (such as the whale-watching 
areas of Stellwagen Bank), more and more whales had positive reactions 
to familiar vessels, and they also occasionally approached other boats 
and yachts in the same ways.''

Vessel Strike

    Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause major wounds, which may lead to 
the death of the animal. An animal at the surface could be struck 
directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the bottom of a 
vessel, or a vessel's propeller could injure an animal just below the 
surface. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001; 
Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).
    The most vulnerable marine mammals are those that spend extended 
periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within 
their tissues after deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In addition, 
some baleen whales, such as the North Atlantic right whale, seem 
generally unresponsive to vessel sound, making them more susceptible to 
vessel collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These species are primarily 
large, slow moving whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g., bottlenose 
dolphin) move quickly through the water column and are often seen 
riding the bow wave of large ships. Marine mammal responses to vessels 
may include avoidance and changes in dive pattern (NRC, 2003).
    An examination of all known ship strikes from all shipping sources 
(civilian and military) indicates vessel speed is a principal factor in 
whether a vessel strike results in death (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; 
Laist et al., 2001; Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 
2007). In assessing records with known vessel speeds, Laist et al. 
(2001) found a direct relationship between the occurrence of a whale 
strike and the speed of the vessel involved in the collision. The 
authors concluded that most deaths occurred when a vessel was traveling 
in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9 mph; 13 kts). Given the slow vessel speeds 
necessary for data acquisition, ship strike is unlikely to occur during 
this survey.

Entanglement

    Entanglement can occur if wildlife becomes immobilized in survey 
lines, cables, nets, or other equipment that is moving through the 
water column. The proposed survey would require towing approximately 
150 ft of cables. This size of the array generally carries a lower risk 
of entanglement for marine mammals. Wildlife, especially slow moving 
individuals, such as large whales, have a low probability of 
entanglement due to the low amount of slack in the lines, slow speed of 
the survey vessel, and onboard monitoring. Pinnipeds and porpoises are 
the least likely to entangle in equipment, as most documented cases of 
entanglement involve fishing gear and prey species (Gales et al., 
2003). There are no reported cases of entanglement from geophysical 
equipment in the Cook Inlet area.

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    The G&G Program survey areas are primarily within upper Cook Inlet, 
although the Marine Terminal survey area is located near Nikiski just 
south of the East Foreland (technically in Lower Cook Inlet), which 
includes habitat for prey species of marine mammals, including fish as 
well as invertebrates eaten by Cook Inlet beluga whales. This area 
contains Critical Habitat for Cook Inlet belugas, is near the breeding 
grounds for the local harbor seal population, and serves as an 
occasional feeding ground for killer whales and harbor porpoises. Cook 
Inlet is a large subarctic estuary roughly 299 km (186 mi) in length 
and averaging 96 km (60 mi) in width. It extends from the city of 
Anchorage at its northern end and flows into the Gulf of Alaska at its 
southernmost end. For descriptive purposes, Cook Inlet is separated 
into unique upper and lower sections, divided at the East and West 
Forelands, where the opposing peninsulas create a natural waistline in 
the length of the waterway, measuring approximately 16 km (10 mi) 
across (Mulherin et al. 2001).
    Potential effects on beluga habitat would be limited to noise 
effects on prey; direct impact to benthic habitat from jack-up platform 
leg placement, and sampling with grabs, coring, and boring; and small 
discharges of drill cuttings and drilling mud associated with the 
borings. Portions of the survey areas include waters of Cook Inlet that 
are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous 
streams. Several anadromous streams (Three-mile Creek, Indian Creek, 
and two unnamed streams) enter the Cook Inlet within the survey areas. 
Other anadromous streams are located within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of the 
survey areas. The survey program will not prevent beluga access to the 
mouths of these streams and will result in no short-term or long-term 
loss of intertidal or subtidal waters that are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth 
and within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous streams. Minor seafloor 
impacts will occur in these areas from grab samples, PCPTs, vibracores, 
or geotechnical borings but will have no effect on the area as beluga 
habitat once the vessel or jack-up platform has left. The survey 
program will have no effect on this habitat.
    Cook Inlet beluga whales may avoid areas ensonified by the 
geophysical or geotechnical activities that generate sound with 
frequencies within the beluga hearing range and at levels above 
threshold values. This includes the chirp sub-bottom profiler with a 
radius of 184 m (604 ft), the boomer sub-bottom profiler with a radius 
of 263 m (863 ft), the airgun with a radius of 300 m (984 ft) and the 
vibracores with a radius of 2.54 km (1.58 mi). The sub-bottom profilers 
and the airgun will be operated from a vessel moving at speeds of about 
4 kt. The operation of a vibracore has a duration of approximately 1-2 
minutes. All of these activities will be conducted in relatively open 
areas of the Cook Inlet within Critical Habitat Area 2. Given the size 
and openness of the Cook Inlet in the survey areas, and the relatively 
small area and mobile/temporary nature of the zones of ensonification, 
the generation of sound by the G&G activities is not expected to result 
in any restriction of passage of belugas within or between critical 
habitat areas. The jack-up platform from which the geotechnical borings 
will be conducted will be attached to the seafloor with legs, and will 
be in place at a given location for up to 4-5 days, but given its small 
size (Table 4 in the application) would not result in any obstruction 
of passage by belugas.
    Upper Cook Inlet comprises the area between Point Campbell 
(Anchorage) down to the Forelands, and is roughly 95 km (59 mi) in 
length and 24.9 km (15.5 mi) in width (Mulherin et al. 2001). Five 
major rivers (Knik, Matanuska, Susitna, Little Susitna, and Beluga) 
deliver freshwater to upper Cook Inlet, carrying a heavy annual 
sediment load of over 40 million tons of eroded materials and glacial 
silt (Brabets 1999). As a result, upper Cook Inlet is

[[Page 51008]]

relatively shallow, averaging 18.3 m (60 ft) in depth. It is 
characterized by shoals, mudflats, and a wide coastal shelf, less than 
17.9 m (59 ft) deep, extending from the eastern shore. A deep trough 
exists between Trading Bay and the Middle Ground Shoal, ranging from 35 
to 77 m (114-253 ft) deep (NOAA Nautical Chart 16660). The substrate 
consists of a mixture of coarse gravels, cobbles, pebbles, sand, clay, 
and silt (Bouma et al. 1978, Rappeport 1982).
    Upper Cook Inlet experiences some of the most extreme tides in the 
world, demonstrated by a mean tidal range from 4.0 m (13 ft) at the 
Gulf of Alaska end to 8.8 m (29 ft) near Anchorage (U.S. Army Corps of 
Engineers 2013). Tidal currents reach 3.9 kts per second (Mulherin et 
al. 2001) in upper Cook Inlet, increasing to 5.7-7.7 kts per second 
near the Forelands where the inlet is constricted. Each tidal cycle 
creates significant turbulence and vertical mixing of the water column 
in the upper inlet (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2013), and are 
reversing, meaning that they are marked by a period of slack tide 
followed an acceleration in the opposite direction (Mulherin et al. 
2001).
    Because of scouring, mixing, and sediment transport from these 
currents, the marine invertebrate community is very limited (Pentec 
2005). Of the 50 stations sampled by Saupe et al. 2005 for marine 
invertebrates in Southcentral Alaska, their upper Cook Inlet station 
had by far the lowest abundance and diversity. Further, the fish 
community of upper Cook Inlet is characterized largely by migratory 
fish--eulachon and Pacific salmon--returning to spawning rivers, or 
outmigrating salmon smolts. Moulton (1997) documented only 18 fish 
species in upper Cook Inlet compared to at least 50 species found in 
lower Cook Inlet (Robards et al. 1999).
    Lower Cook Inlet extends from the Forelands southwest to the inlet 
mouth demarked by an approximate line between Cape Douglas and English 
Bay. Water circulation in lower Cook Inlet is dominated by the Alaska 
Coastal Current (ACC) that flows northward along the shores of the 
Kenai Peninsula until it turns westward and is mixed by the combined 
influences of freshwater input from upper Cook Inlet, wind, topography, 
tidal surges, and the coriolis effect (Field and Walker 2003, MMS 
1996). Upwelling by the ACC brings nutrient-rich waters to lower Cook 
Inlet and contributes to a biologically rich and productive ecology 
(Sambrotto and Lorenzen 1986). Tidal currents average 2-3 kt per second 
and are rotary in that they do not completely go slack before rotating 
around into an opposite direction (Gatto 1976, Mulherin et al. 2001). 
Depths in the central portion of lower Cook Inlet are 60-80 m (197-262 
ft) and decrease steadily toward the shores (Muench 1981). Bottom 
sediments in the lower inlet are coarse gravel and sand that grade to 
finer sand and mud toward the south (Bouma 1978).
    Coarser substrate support a wide variety of invertebrates and fish 
including Pacific halibut, Dungeness crab, tanner crab, pandalid 
shrimp, Pacific cod, and rock sole, while the soft-bottom sand and silt 
communities are dominated by polychaetes, bivalves and other flatfish 
(Field and Walker 2003). These species constitute prey species for 
several marine mammals in Cook Inlet, including pinnipeds and Cook 
Inlet belugas. Sea urchins and sea cucumbers are important otter prey 
and are found in shell debris communities. Razor clams are found all 
along the beaches of the Kenai Peninsula. In general, the lower Cook 
Inlet marine invertebrate community is of low abundance, dominated by 
polychaetes, until reaching the mouth of the inlet (Saupe et al. 2005). 
Overall, the lower Cook Inlet marine ecosystem is fed by midwater 
communities of phytoplankton and zooplankton, with the latter composed 
mostly of copepods and barnacle and crab larvae (Damkaer 1977, English 
1980).
    G&G Program activities that could potentially impact marine mammal 
habitats include sediment sampling (vibracore, boring, grab sampling) 
on the sea bottom, placement of the jack-up platform spud cans, and 
acoustical injury of prey resources. However, there are few benthic 
resources in the survey area that could be impacted by collection of 
the small samples (Saupe et al. 2005).
    Acoustical effects to marine mammal prey resources are also 
limited. Christian et al. (2004) studied seismic energy impacts on male 
snow crabs and found no significant increases in physiological stress 
due to exposure to high sound pressure levels. No acoustical impact 
studies have been conducted to date on the above fish species, but 
studies have been conducted on Atlantic cod and sardine. Davis et al. 
(1998) cited various studies that found no effects to Atlantic cod 
eggs, larvae, and fry when received levels were 222 dB. Effects found 
were to larval fish within about 5.0 m (16 ft), and from air guns with 
volumes between 49,661 and 65,548 cm3 (3,000 and 4,000 in\3\). 
Similarly, effects to sardine were greatest on eggs and 2-day larvae, 
but these effects were greatest at 0.5 m (1.6 ft), and again confined 
to 5.0 m (16 ft). Further, Greenlaw et al. (1988) found no evidence of 
gross histological damage to eggs and larvae of northern anchovy 
exposed to seismic air guns, and concluded that noticeable effects 
would result only from multiple, close exposures. Based on these 
results, much lower energy impulsive geophysical equipment planned for 
this program would not damage larval fish or any other marine mammal 
prey resource.
    Potential damage to the Cook Inlet benthic community will be 
limited to the actual surface area of the four spud cans that form the 
``foot'' of each 0.762-m (30-in) diameter leg, the 42 0.1524-m (6-in) 
diameter borings, and the 55 0.0762-m (3-in) diameter vibracore 
samplings (plus several grab and PCPT samples). Collectively, these 
samples would temporarily damage about a hundred square meters of 
benthic habitat relative to the size (nearly 21,000 km2/8,108 mi2) of 
Cook Inlet. Overall, sediment sampling and acoustical effects on prey 
resources will have a negligible effect at most on the marine mammal 
habitat within the G&G Program survey area. Some prey resources might 
be temporarily displaced, but no long-term effects are expected.
    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program will result in a number of minor 
discharges to the waters of Cook Inlet. Discharges associated with the 
geotechnical borings will include: (1) The discharge of drill cuttings 
and drilling fluids and (2) the discharge of deck drainage (runoff of 
precipitation and deck wash water) from the geotechnical drilling 
platform. Other vessels associated with the G&G surveys will discharge 
wastewaters that are normally associated with the operation of vessels 
in transit including deck drainage, ballast water, bilge water, non-
contact cooling water, and gray water.
    The discharges of drill cuttings, drilling fluids, and deck 
drainage associated with the geotechnical borings will be within 
limitations authorized by the Alaska Department of Environmental 
Conservation under the Alaska Pollutant Discharge Elimination System. 
The drill cuttings consist of natural geologic materials of the 
seafloor sediments brought to the surface via the drill bit/drill stem 
of the rotary drilling operation, will be relatively minor in volume, 
and deposit over a very small area of Cook Inlet seafloor. The drilling 
fluids which are used to lubricate the bit, stabilize the hole, and 
viscosify the slurry for transport of the solids to the surface will 
consist of seawater and guar gum. Guar gum is a high-molecular weight 
polysaccharide (galactose and

[[Page 51009]]

mannose units) derived from the ground seeds of the plant Cyampsis 
gonolobus. It is a non-toxic fluid also used as a food additive in 
soups, drinks, breads, and meat products.
    Vessel discharges will be authorized under the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency's (EPA's) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination 
System (NPDES) Vessel General Permit (VGP) for Discharges Incidental to 
the Normal Operation of Vessels. Each vessel will have obtained 
authorization under the VGP and will discharge according to the 
conditions and limitations mandated by the permit. As required by 
statute and regulation, the EPA has made a determination that such 
discharges will not result in any unreasonable degradation of the 
marine environment, including:
     significant adverse changes in ecosystem diversity, 
productivity and stability of the biological community within the area 
of discharge and surrounding biological communities,
     threat to human health through direct exposure to 
pollutants or through consumption of exposed aquatic organisms, or
     loss of aesthetic, recreational, scientific or economic 
values which is unreasonable in relation to the benefit derived from 
the discharge.

Mitigation

    In order to issue an incidental take authorization under section 
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods 
of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the 
least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock and its 
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and 
areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species 
or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
    To mitigate potential acoustical impacts to local marine mammals, 
Protected Species Observers (PSOs) will operate aboard the vessels from 
which the chirper, boomer, airgun, and vibracorer will be deployed. The 
PSOs will implement the mitigation measures described in the Marine 
Mammal Monitoring and Mitigation Plan (Appendix A of the application). 
These mitigations include: (1) Establishing safety zones to ensure 
marine mammals are not injured by sound pressure levels exceeding Level 
A injury thresholds; (2) shutting down the airgun when required to 
avoid harassment of beluga whales approaching the 160-dB disturbance 
zone; and (3) timing survey activity to avoid concentrations of beluga 
whales on a seasonal basis.
    Before chirper, boomer, airgun, and vibracoring operations begin 
each day and before restarting operations after a shutdown of 15 
minutes or greater, the PSOs will ``clear'' both the Level A and Level 
B Zones of Influence (ZOIs--area from the source to the 160dB or 180/
190dB isopleths) of marine mammals by intensively surveying these ZOIs 
prior to activity to confirm that marine mammals are not seen in the 
applicable area. All three geophysical activities (boomer, chirp, 
airgun) will be shut down in mid-operation at the approach to any 
marine mammal to the Level A safety zone, and at the approach of an 
ESA-listed beluga whale to the Level B harassment zone for these 
sources. The geotechnical vibracoring lasts only one or two minutes and 
shutdowns are likely impossible. Finally, the G&G Program will be 
planned to avoid high beluga whale density areas. This would be 
achieved by conducting surveys at the Marine Terminal and the southern 
end of the pipeline survey area when beluga whales are farther north, 
feeding near the Susitna Delta, and completing activities in the 
northern portion of the pipeline survey area when the Cook Inlet beluga 
whales have begun to disperse from the Susitna Delta and other summer 
concentration areas.

Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation Monitoring

    EMALL will hire qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. These PSOs will 
be stationed aboard the geophysical survey source or support vessels 
during sub-bottom profiling, air gun, and vibracoring operations. A 
single senior PSO will be assigned to oversee all Marine Mammal 
Mitigation and Monitoring Program mandates and function as the on-site 
person-in-chargeimplementing the 4MP.
    Generally, two PSOs will work on a rotational basis during daylight 
hours with shifts of 4 to 6 hours, and one PSO on duty on each source 
vessel at all times. Work days for an individual PSO will not exceed 12 
hours in duration. Sufficient numbers of PSOs will be available and 
provided to meet requirements.
    Roles and responsibilities of all PSOs include the following:
     Accurately observe and record sensitive marine mammal 
species;
     Follow monitoring and data collection procedures; and
     Ensure mitigation measures are followed.
    PSOs will be stationed at the best available vantage point on the 
source vessels. PSOs will scan systematically with the unaided eye and 
7x50 reticle binoculars. As necessary, new PSOs will be paired with 
experienced PSOs to ensure that the quality of marine mammal 
observations and data recording are consistent.
    All field data collected will be entered by the end of the day into 
a custom database using a notebook computer. Weather data relative to 
viewing conditions will be collected hourly, on rotation, and when 
sightings occur and include the following:
     Sea state;
     Wind speed and direction;
     Sun position; and
     Percent glare.
    The following data will be collected for all marine mammal 
sightings:
     Bearing and distance to the sighting;
     Species identification;
     Behavior at the time of sighting (e.g., travel, spy-hop, 
breach, etc.);
     Direction and speed relative to vessel;
     Reaction to activities--changes in behavior (e.g., none, 
avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc.);
     Group size;
     Orientation when sighted (e.g., toward, away, parallel, 
etc.);
     Closest point of approach;
     Sighting cue (e.g., animal, splash, birds, etc.);
     Physical description of features that were observed or 
determined not to be present in the case of unknown or unidentified 
animals;
     Time of sighting;
     Location, speed, and activity of the source and mitigation 
vessels, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and positions 
of other vessel(s) in the vicinity, and
     Mitigation measure taken--if any.
    All observations and shut downs will be recorded in a standardized 
format and data entered into a custom database using a notebook 
computer. Accuracy of all data will be verified daily by the PIC or 
designated PSO by a manual verification. These procedures will reduce 
errors, allow the preparation of short-term data summaries, and 
facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical, or other 
programs for further processing and archiving. PSOs will conduct 
monitoring during daylight periods (weather permitting) during G&G 
activities, and during most daylight periods when G&G activities are 
temporarily suspended.

Shutdown Procedures

    If any marine mammal is seen approaching the Level A injury zone 
for the air gun, chirp, or boomer, these sources will be shut down. If 
ESA-listed marine mammals (e.g., beluga whales) are observed 
approaching the Level B

[[Page 51010]]

harassment zone for the air gun, chirp, or boomer, these sources will 
be shut down. The PSOs will ensure that the harassment zone is clear of 
marine mammal activity before vibracoring will occur. Given that 
vibracoring lasts only about a minute or two, shutdown actions are not 
practicable.

Resuming Airgun Operations After a Shutdown

    A full ramp-up after a shutdown will not begin until there has been 
a minimum of 30 minutes of observation of the applicable exclusion zone 
by PSOs to assure that no marine mammals are present. The entire 
exclusion zone must be visible during the 30-minute lead-in to a full 
ramp up. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp-up from 
a cold start cannot begin. If a marine mammal(s) is sighted within the 
injury exclusion zone during the 30-minute watch prior to ramp-up, 
ramp-up will be delayed until the marine mammal(s) is sighted outside 
of the zone or the animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15-30 minutes: 
15 minutes for small odontocetes and pinnipeds (e.g. harbor porpoises, 
harbor seals), or 30 minutes for large odontocetes (e.g., killer whales 
and beluga whales).

Speed and Course Alterations

    If a marine mammal is detected outside the Level A injury exclusion 
zone and, based on its position and the relative motion, is likely to 
enter that zone, the vessel's speed and/or direct course may, when 
practical and safe, be changed to also minimize the effect on the 
survey program. The marine mammal activities and movements relative to 
the sound source and support vessels will be closely monitored to 
ensure that the marine mammal does not approach within the applicable 
exclusion radius. If the mammal appears likely to enter the exclusion 
radius, further mitigative actions will be taken, i.e., either further 
course alterations or shut down of the active sound sources considered 
in this Authorization.

Mitigation Required by NMFS

Special Procedures for Situations or Species of Concern

    The following additional protective measures for beluga whales and 
groups of five or more killer whales and harbor porpoises are required. 
Specifically, a 160-dB vessel monitoring zone would be established and 
monitored in Cook Inlet during all seismic surveys. If a beluga whale 
or groups of five or more killer whales and/or harbor porpoises are 
visually sighted approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance zone, 
survey activity would not commence until the animals are no longer 
present within the 160-dB disturbance zone. Whenever Cook Inlet beluga 
whales or groups of five or more killer whales and/or harbor porpoises 
are detected approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance zone, the 
boomer, chirp, and airgun may be powered down before the animal is 
within the 160-dB disturbance zone, as an alternative to a complete 
shutdown. If the PSO determines a power down is not sufficient, the 
sound source(s) shall be shut-down until the animals are no longer 
present within the 160-dB zone.

Mitigation Exclusion Zones

    NMFS requires that EMALL will not operate the chirp, boomer, 
vibracore, or airgun within 10 miles (16 km) of the mean lower low 
water (MLLW) line of the Susitna Delta (Beluga River to the Little 
Susitna River) between April 15 and October 15. The purpose of this 
mitigation measure is to protect beluga whales in the designated 
critical habitat in this area that is important for beluga whale 
feeding and calving during the spring and fall months. The range of the 
setback required by NMFS was designated to protect this important 
habitat area and also to create an effective buffer where sound does 
not encroach on this habitat. This seasonal exclusion will be in effect 
from April 15th to October 15th annually. Activities can occur within 
this area from October 16th-April 14th.

Mitigation Conclusions

    NMFS has carefully evaluated EMALL's mitigation measures in the 
context of ensuring that we prescribe the means of effecting the least 
practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and 
their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included 
consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
     The manner in which, and the degree to which, the 
successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize 
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
     The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to 
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
     The practicability of the measure for applicant 
implementation.
    Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to 
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on 
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of 
the general goals listed here:
     Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine 
mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this 
goal).
     A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number 
or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to airgun 
operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
     A reduction in the number of times (total number or number 
at biologically important time or location) individuals would be 
exposed to airgun operations that we expect to result in the take of 
marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing 
harassment takes only).
     A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total 
number or number at biologically important time or location) to airgun 
operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of 
harassment takes only).
     Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine 
mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities 
that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, 
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance 
of habitat during a biologically important time.
     For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase 
in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more 
effective implementation of the mitigation.
    Based on the evaluation of EMALL's measures, as well as other 
measures required by NMFS, NMFS has determined that the mitigation 
measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular 
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar 
significance. Measures to ensure availability of such species or stock 
for taking for certain subsistence uses are discussed later in this 
document (see ``Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for 
Taking for Subsistence Uses'' section).

Monitoring and Reporting

Weekly Field Reports

    Weekly reports will be submitted to NMFS no later than the close of 
business (Alaska Time) each Thursday during the weeks when in-water G&G 
activities take place. The reports will cover information collected 
from Wednesday of the previous week through Tuesday of the current 
week.

[[Page 51011]]

The field reports will summarize species detected, in-water activity 
occurring at the time of the sighting, behavioral reactions to in-water 
activities, and the number of marine mammals exposed to harassment 
level noise.

Monthly Field Reports

    Monthly reports will be submitted to NMFS for all months during 
which in-water G&G activities take place. The reports will be submitted 
to NMFS no later than five business days after the end of the month. 
The monthly report will contain and summarize the following 
information:
     Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea 
conditions (including Beaufort Sea state and wind force), and 
associated activities during the G&G Program and marine mammal 
sightings.
     Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any sighted marine mammals, as well as associated G&G 
activity (number of shut downs), observed throughout all monitoring 
activities.
     An estimate of the number (by species) of: (i) Pinnipeds 
that have been exposed to the authorized geophysical or geotechnical 
activity (based on visual observation) at received levels greater than 
or equal to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa 
(rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals 
exhibited; and (ii) cetaceans that have been exposed to the geophysical 
activity (based on visual observation) at received levels greater than 
or equal to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa 
(rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals 
exhibited.
     An estimate of the number (by species) of pinnipeds and 
cetaceans that have been exposed to the geotechnical activity (based on 
visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 120 dB 
re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those 
individuals exhibited.
     A description of the implementation and effectiveness of 
the: (i) Terms and conditions of the Biological Opinion's Incidental 
Take Statement; and (ii) mitigation measures of the IHA. For the 
Biological Opinion, the report shall confirm the implementation of each 
Term and Condition, as well as any conservation recommendations, and 
describe their effectiveness, for minimizing the adverse effects of the 
action on ESA-listed marine mammals.

90-Day Technical Report

    A report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of 
the project or at least 60 days before the request for another IHA for 
the next open water season to enable NMFS to incorporate observation 
data into the next Authorization. The report will summarize all 
activities and monitoring results (i.e., vessel-based visual 
monitoring) conducted during in-water G&G surveys. The Technical Report 
will include the following:
     Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total 
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period, 
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and 
detectability of marine mammals).
     Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing 
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers, 
and fog/glare).
     Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of 
marine mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/
size/gender categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover.
     Analyses of the effects of survey operations.
     Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and 
without G&G survey activities (and other variables that could affect 
detectability), such as: (i) Initial sighting distances versus survey 
activity state; (ii) closest point of approach versus survey activity 
state; (iii) observed behaviors and types of movements versus survey 
activity state; (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus 
survey activity state; (v) distribution around the source vessels 
versus survey activity state; and (vi) estimates of Level B harassment 
based on presence in the 120 or 160 dB harassment zone.

Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals

    In the unanticipated event that the specified activity leads to an 
injury of a marine mammal (Level A harassment) or mortality (e.g., 
ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), EMALL would 
immediately cease the specified activities and immediately report the 
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office 
of Protected Resources, and the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators 
at NMFS. The report would include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the event. EMALL would work with NMFS to minimize 
reoccurrence of such an event in the future. The G&G Program would not 
resume activities until formally notified by NMFS via letter, email, or 
telephone.
    In the event that the G&G Program discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next 
paragraph), the Applicant would immediately report the incident to the 
Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email 
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators. The report would include 
the same information identified in the paragraph above. Activities 
would be able to continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the 
incident. NMFS would work with the Applicant to determine if 
modifications in the activities are appropriate.
    In the event that the G&G Program discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), EMALL would report the incident to 
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email 
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the 
discovery. EMALL would provide photographs or video footage (if 
available) or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to 
NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.

[[Page 51012]]

Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment

    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].
    Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased underwater sound) generated 
during the operation of the airgun or the sub-bottom profiler have the 
potential to result in the behavioral disturbance of some marine 
mammals. NMFS believes that take from the operation of the vibracore is 
unlikely but possible and is issuing take at the request of the 
applicant. Thus, NMFS proposes to authorize take by Level B harassment 
resulting from the operation of the sound sources for the proposed 
survey based upon the current acoustic exposure criteria shown in Table 
3.

            Table 3--NMFS' Current Acoustic Exposure Criteria
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Criterion
            Criterion                 definition           Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Harassment (Injury).....  Permanent           180 dB re 1
                                   Threshold Shift     microPa-m
                                   (PTS) (Any level    (cetaceans)/190
                                   above that which    dB re 1 microPa-m
                                   is known to cause   (pinnipeds) root
                                   TTS).               mean square (rms)
Level B Harassment..............  Behavioral          160 dB re 1
                                   Disruption (for     microPa-m (rms)
                                   impulse noises)     120 dB re 1
                                   Behavioral          microPa-m (rms)
                                   Disruption (for
                                   continuous
                                   noises).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NMFS' practice is to apply the 120 or 160 dB re: 1 [micro]Pa 
received level threshold (whichever is appropriate) for underwater 
impulse sound levels to determine whether take by Level B harassment 
occurs.
    All four types of survey equipment addressed in the application 
will be operated from the geophysical source vessels that will either 
be moving steadily across the ocean surface (chirper, boomer, airgun), 
or from station to station (vibracoring). The numbers of marine mammals 
that might be exposed to sound pressure levels exceeding NMFS Level B 
harassment threshold levels due to G&G surveys, without mitigation, 
were determined by multiplying the average raw density for each species 
by the daily ensonified area, and then multiplying that figure by the 
number of days each sound source is estimated to be in use. The chirp 
and boomer activities were combined into one calculation because they 
will be operating concurrently, using the daily ensonified area of the 
boomer, as it is a slightly larger isopleth. The exposure estimates for 
each activity were then summed to provide total exposures for the 
duration of the project. The exposure estimates for the activity are 
detailed below. Although NMFS believes that take of marine mammals from 
vibracore is extremely unlikely, it has been included in this 
authorization out of an abundance of caution and at the request of the 
applicant.

Ensonified Area

    The ZOI is the area ensonified by a particular sound source greater 
than threshold levels (120 dB for continuous and 160 dB for impulsive). 
The radius of the ZOI for a particular equipment was determined by 
applying the source sound pressure levels described in Table 6 of the 
application to Collins et al.'s (2007) attenuation model of 18.4 
Log(r)-0.00188 derived from Cook Inlet. For those equipment generating 
loud underwater sound within the audible hearing range of marine 
mammals (<200 kHz), the distance to threshold ranges between 184 m (604 
ft) and 2.54 km (1.58 mi), with ZOIs ranging between 0.106 and 20.26 
km2 (0.041-7.82 mi2) (Table 4).

                    Table 4--Summary of Distances to the NMFS Thresholds and Associated ZOIs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Distance to     Distance to
                                                      160 dB          120 dB        160 dB ZOI      120 dB ZOI
                Survey equipment                  isopleth \1\ m   isopleth \1\   km\2\  (mi\2\)  km\2\  (mi\2\)
                                                        (ft)         km  (mi)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-bottom Profiler (Chirp).....................       184 (604)             N/A   0.106 (0.041)             N/A
Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer)....................       263 (863)             N/A   0.217 (0.084)             N/A
Airgun..........................................       300 (984)             N/A   0.283 (0.109)             N/A
Vibracore.......................................             N/A     2.54 (1.58)             N/A    20.26 (7.82)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Calculated by applying Collins et al. (2007) spreading formula to source levels in Table 2.

Marine Mammal Densities

    Density estimates were derived for harbor porpoises, killer whales, 
and harbor seals from NMFS 2002-2012 Cook Inlet survey data as 
described below in Section 6.1.2.1 and shown in Table 8. The beluga 
whale exposure estimates were calculated using density estimates from 
Goetz et al. (2012) as described in Section 6.1.2.2.

Harbor Porpoise, Killer Whale, Harbor Seal

    Density estimates were calculated for all marine mammals (except 
beluga whales) by using aerial survey data collected by NMFS in Cook 
Inlet between 2002 and 2012 (Rugh et al. 2002, 2003, 2004a, 2004b, 
2005a, 2005b, 2005c, 2006, 2007; Shelden et al. 2008, 2009, 2010; Hobbs 
et al. 2011, Shelden et al. 2012) and compiled by Apache, Inc. (Apache 
IHA application 2014). To estimate the average raw densities of marine 
mammals, the total number of animals for each species observed over the 
11-year survey period was divided by the total area of 65,889 km\2\ 
(25,540 mi\2\) surveyed over the 11 years. The aerial survey marine 
mammal sightings, survey effort (area), and derived average raw 
densities are provided in Table 5.

[[Page 51013]]



            Table 5--Raw Density Estimates for Cook Inlet Marine Mammals Based on NMFS Aerial Surveys
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Mean raw density
                        Species                              Number of       NMFS survey area    animals/km \2\
                                                              animals        km \2\  (mi \2\)   (animals/mi \2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor Porpoise........................................                249    65,889 (25,440)    0.0033 (0.0098)
Killer Whale \1\.......................................                 42    65,889 (25,440)    0.0008 (0.0017)
Harbor Seal............................................             16,117    65,889 (25,440)      0.28 (0.6335)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Density is for all killer whales regardless of the stock although all killer whales in the upper Cook Inlet
  are thought to be transient.

    These raw densities were not corrected for animals missed during 
the aerial surveys as no accurate correction factors are currently 
available for these species; however, observer error may be limited as 
the NMFS surveyors often circled marine mammal groups to get an 
accurate count of group size. The harbor seal densities are probably 
biased upwards given that a large number of the animals recorded were 
of large groups hauled out at river mouths, and do not represent the 
distribution in the waters where the G&G activity will actually occur. 
However, these data are the most comprehensive available for Cook Inlet 
harbor seals and therefore constitute the best available science.

Beluga Whale

    Goetz et al. (2012) modeled aerial survey data collected by the 
NMFS between 1993 and 2008 and developed specific beluga summer 
densities for each 1-km2 cell of Cook Inlet. The results provide a more 
precise estimate of beluga density at a given location than simply 
multiplying all aerial observations by the total survey effort given 
the clumped distribution of beluga whales during the summer months. To 
develop a density estimate associated with planned action areas (i.e., 
Marine Terminal and pipeline survey areas), the ensonified area 
associated with each activity was overlain a map of the 1-km density 
cells, the cells falling within each ensonified area were quantified, 
and an average cell density was calculated. The summary of the density 
results is found in Table 9 in the application. The associated 
ensonified areas and beluga density contours relative to the action 
areas are shown in Table 6.

  Table 6--Mean Raw Densities of Beluga Whales Within the Action Areas Based on Goetz et al. (2012) Cook Inlet
                                       Beluga Whale Distribution Modeling
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Mean density        Density range
                     Action area                        Number of cells     (animals/km\2\)     (animals/km\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine Terminal Survey Area.........................                 386            0.000166   0.000021-0.001512
Pipeline Survey Area................................                 571            0.011552   0.000275-0.156718
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Activity Duration

    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program is expected to require 
approximately 12 weeks (84 days) to complete. During approximately 63 
of these days, the chirp and boomer sub-bottom profiler will produce 
the loudest sound levels. Airgun use will occur during approximately 7 
days and will occur only near the proposed Marine Terminal. The airgun 
activity will occur during the summer when beluga whale use of Cook 
Inlet is primarily concentrated near the Susitna Delta, approximately 
65 km (40 mi) north of the airgun survey area. Vibracoring, with its 
large ZOI, will occur intermittently over approximately 14 days. The 
applicant provided an estimate of 50 miles per day that the survey 
vessel could travel.

Exposure Calculations

    The numbers of marine mammals that might be exposed to sound 
pressure levels exceeding NMFS Level B harassment threshold levels due 
to G&G surveys, without mitigation, were determined by multiplying the 
average raw density for each species by the daily ensonified area, then 
multiplying by the number of days each sound source is estimated to be 
in use. While this method produces a good estimate of the number of 
instances of take, it is likely an overestimate of the number of 
individual marine mammals taken because it assumes that entirely new 
individuals are taken on subsequent days and that no animals are taken 
more than once. The chirp and boomer activities were combined to 
calculate exposure from days of activities in the Upper Cook Inlet area 
and the Lower Cook Inlet area because they will be operating 
concurrently. The exposure estimates for each activity were then summed 
to provide total exposures for the duration of the project. The 
exposure estimates for the activity are detailed below.

                                                        Table 7--Exposure Estimates for Activity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Species                 Density     Boomer--Upper  Boomer--Lower     Airgun    Vibracore--Upper  Vibracore--Lower     Total     Authorization
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga.......................   0.0012 .00017         18.18           0.18         0.056            5.15              0.11          23.69             24
Killer whale.................         0.00082          1.29           0.91          0.28            0.37              0.55           3.39              5
Harbor seal..................            0.28        444.52         312.37         95.99          125.92            188.89       1,167.68          1,168
Harbor porpoise..............          0.0033          5.18           3.64          1.12            1.47              2.20          13.60             20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NMFS recognizes that in addition to what was mentioned above, there 
are other factors that contribute to an overestimate of exposures,, 
e.g., the fact that many of these technologies will be operating 
simultaneously, and not

[[Page 51014]]

exposing animals in separate instances for the duration of the survey 
period. Additionally, the beamwidth and tilt angle of the sub-bottom 
profiler are not factored into the characterization of the sound field, 
making it conservative and large, creating additional overestimates in 
take estimation.
    The possibility of Level A exposure was analyzed, however the 
distances to 180 dB/190 dB isopleths are incredibly small, ranging from 
0 to 26 meters. The number of exposures, without accounting for 
mitigation or likely avoidance of louder sounds, is small for these 
zones, and with mitigation and the likelihood of detecting marine 
mammals within this small area combined with the likelihood of 
avoidance, it is likely these takes can be avoided. The only technology 
that would not shutdown is the vibracore, which has a distance to Level 
A isopleth (180 dB) of 3 meters. Therefore, authorization of Level A 
take is not necessary.
    NMFS will authorize the following takes by Level B harassment:

                                                                 Table 8--Authorizations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Exposure          Take
                Species                     estimate       authorized         Percent of stock or population                 Population trend
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga.................................           23.69              24  7.06...................................  Decreasing.
Killer whale...........................            3.39               5  1.44 transient.........................  Transient--Stable.
Harbor seal............................        1,167.68           1,168  5.10...................................  Stable.
Harbor porpoise........................           13.60              20  0.064..................................  No reliable info.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Analysis and Determinations

Negligible Impact

    Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified 
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably 
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on 
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of 
likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival 
(i.e., population level effects) forms the basis of a negligible impact 
finding. Thus, an estimate of the number of takes, alone, is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through behavioral harassment, NMFS must consider other 
factors, such as the likely nature of any responses (their intensity, 
duration, etc.), the context of any responses (critical reproductive 
time or location, migration, etc.), as well as the number and nature of 
estimated Level A harassment takes, the number of estimated 
mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status of the species.
    To avoid repetition, except where otherwise identified, the 
discussion of our analyses applies to all the species listed in Table 
8, given that the anticipated effects of this project on marine mammals 
are expected to be relatively similar in nature. Where there is 
information about specific impacts to, or about the size, status, or 
structure of, any species or stock that would lead to a different 
analysis for this activity, species-specific factors are identified and 
analyzed.
    In making a negligible impact determination, NMFS considers:
     The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or 
mortalities;
     The number, nature, and intensity, and duration of Level B 
harassment; and
     The context in which the takes occur (e.g., impacts to 
areas of significance, impacts to local populations, and cumulative 
impacts when taking into account successive/contemporaneous actions 
when added to baseline data);
     The status of stock or species of marine mammals (i.e., 
depleted, not depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable, impact relative 
to the size of the population);
     Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/
survival; and
     The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures to 
reduce the number or severity of incidental take.
    As discussed in the Potential Effects section, temporary or 
permanent threshold shift, non-auditory physical or physiological 
effects, ship strike, entanglement are not expected to occur. Given the 
required mitigation and related monitoring, no injuries or mortalities 
are anticipated to occur to any species as a result of EMALL's proposed 
survey in Cook Inlet, and none are authorized. Animals in the area are 
not expected to incur hearing impairment (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-
auditory physiological effects due to low source levels and the fact 
that most marine mammals would more likely avoid a loud sound source 
rather than swim in such close proximity as to result in TTS or PTS. 
The most likely effect from the proposed action is localized, short-
term behavioral disturbance from active acoustic sources. The number of 
takes that are anticipated and authorized are expected to be limited to 
short-term Level B behavioral harassment for all stocks for which take 
is authorized. This is largely due to the short time scale of the 
proposed activity, the low source levels for many of the technologies 
proposed to be used, as well as the required mitigation. The 
technologies do not operate continuously over a 24-hour period. Rather, 
airguns are operational for a few hours at a time for 7 days, with the 
sub-bottom profiler chirp and boomer operating for 63 days, and the 
vibracore operating over 14 days.
    The addition of five vessels, and noise due to vessel operations 
associated with the survey, would not be outside the present experience 
of marine mammals in Cook Inlet, although levels may increase locally. 
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in 
this document (see the ``Anticipated Effects on Habitat'' section). 
Although some disturbance is possible to food sources of marine 
mammals, the impacts are anticipated to be minor enough as to not 
affect annual rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals in the 
area. Based on the size of Cook Inlet where feeding by marine mammals 
occurs versus the localized area of the marine survey activities, any 
missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area would be minor 
based on the fact that other feeding areas exist elsewhere.
    Taking into account the mitigation measures that are planned, 
effects on cetaceans are generally expected to be restricted to 
avoidance of a limited area around the survey operation and short-term 
changes in behavior, falling within the MMPA definition of ``Level B 
harassment.'' Shut-downs are required for belugas and groups of killer 
whales or harbor porpoises when they approach the 160dB disturbance 
zone, to further reduce potential impacts to these populations. Visual 
observation by trained PSOs is also implemented to reduce the impact of 
the proposed

[[Page 51015]]

activity by informing operators of marine mammals approaching the 
relevant disturbance or injury zones. Animals are not expected to 
permanently abandon any area that is surveyed, and any behaviors that 
are interrupted during the activity are expected to resume once the 
activity ceases. Only a small portion of marine mammal habitat will be 
affected at any time, and other areas within Cook Inlet will be 
available for necessary biological functions.
    Odontocete (including Cook Inlet beluga whales, killer whales, and 
harbor porpoises) reactions to seismic energy pulses are usually 
assumed to be limited to shorter distances from the airgun(s) than are 
those of mysticetes, in part because odontocete low-frequency hearing 
is assumed to be less sensitive than that of mysticetes. This 
information supports the idea that the numerated takes for odonotocetes 
are likely on the lower end of severity in the terms of responses that 
rise to the level of a take.

Beluga Whales

    Cook Inlet beluga whales are listed as endangered under the ESA. 
This stock is also considered depleted under the MMPA. The estimated 
annual rate of decline for Cook Inlet beluga whales was 0.6 percent 
between 2002 and 2012. The authorization of take by Level B harassment 
of 24 Cook Inlet beluga whales represents 7.06 percent of the 
population.
    Belugas in the Canadian Beaufort Sea in summer appear to be fairly 
responsive to seismic energy, with few being sighted within 10-20 km 
(6-12 mi) of seismic vessels during aerial surveys (Miller et al., 
2005). However, as noted above, Cook Inlet belugas are more accustomed 
to anthropogenic sound than beluga whales in the Beaufort Sea. 
Therefore, the results from the Beaufort Sea surveys do not directly 
translate to potential reactions of Cook Inlet beluga whales. Also, due 
to the dispersed distribution of beluga whales in Cook Inlet during 
winter and the concentration of beluga whales in upper Cook Inlet from 
late April through early fall, belugas would likely occur in small 
numbers in the majority of EMALL's proposed survey area during the 
majority of EMALL's annual operational timeframe of August through 
December. For the same reason, as well as the mitigation measure that 
requires shutting down for belugas seen approaching the 160dB 
disturbance zone, and the likelihood of avoidance at high levels, it is 
unlikely that animals would be exposed to received levels capable of 
causing injury.
    Given the large number of vessels in Cook Inlet and the apparent 
habituation to vessels by Cook Inlet beluga whales and the other marine 
mammals that may occur in the area, vessel activity from the two source 
vessels, tug and jack-up rig and associated vessel noise is not 
expected to have effects that could cause significant or long-term 
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations, given 
that vessels will operate for a maximum of 84 days.
    In addition, NMFS has seasonally restricted survey operations in 
the area known to be important for beluga whale feeding, calving, or 
nursing. The primary location for these biological life functions 
occurs in the Susitna Delta region of upper Cook Inlet. NMFS required 
EMALL to implement a 16 km (10 mi) seasonal exclusion from survey 
operations in this region from April 15-October 15. The highest 
concentrations of belugas are typically found in this area from early 
May through September each year. NMFS has incorporated a 2-week buffer 
on each end of this seasonal use timeframe to account for any anomalies 
in distribution and marine mammal usage.

Killer Whales

    The authorization of take by Level B harassment of 5 killer whales 
represents only 1.44 percent of the population. Killer whales are not 
encountered as frequently in Cook Inlet as some of the other species in 
this analysis, however when sighted they are usually in groups. The 
addition of a mitigation measure to shutdown if a group of 5 or more 
killer whales is seen approaching the 160 dB zone is intended to 
minimize any impact to an aggregation of killer whales if encountered. 
The killer whales in the survey area are also thought to be transient 
killer whales and therefore rely on the habitat in the EMALL survey 
area less than other resident species.

Harbor Porpoise

    The authorization of take by Level B harassment for 20 harbor 
porpoises represents only 0.064 percent of the population. Harbor 
porpoises are among the most sensitive marine mammal species with 
regard to behavioral response and anthropogenic noise. They are known 
to exhibit behavioral responses to operation of seismic airguns, 
pingers, and other technologies at low thresholds. However, they are 
abundant in Cook Inlet and therefore the authorized take is unlikely to 
affect recruitment or status of the population in any way. In addition, 
mitigation measures include shutdowns for groups of more than 5 harbor 
porpoises that will minimize the amount of take to the local harbor 
porpoise population. This mitigation as well as the short duration and 
low source levels of the proposed activity will reduce the impact to 
the harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet.

Harbor Seal

    The authorization of take by Level B harassment for 1,168 harbor 
seals represents only 5.1% of a stable population. Observations during 
other anthropogenic activities in Cook Inlet have reported large 
congregations of harbor seals hauling out in upper Cook Inlet. However, 
mitigation measures, such as vessel speed, course alteration, and 
visual monitoring, and time-area restrictions will be implemented to 
help reduce impacts to the animals. Additionally, this activity does 
not encompass a large number of known harbor seal haulouts, 
particularly as this activity proposes operations traversing across the 
Inlet, as opposed to entirely nearshore activities. While some harbor 
seals will likely be exposed, the required mitigation along with their 
smaller aggregations in water than on shore should minimize impacts to 
the harbor seal population. Additionally, the short duration of the 
survey, and the use of visual observers to inform shutdowns and ramp up 
delays should further reduce the severity of behavioral reactions to 
Cook Inlet harbor seals. Therefore, the exposure of pinnipeds to sounds 
produced by this phase of EMALL's proposed survey is not anticipated to 
have an effect on annual rates of recruitment or survival on those 
species or stocks.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the required monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total annual marine mammal 
take from EMALL's proposed survey will have a negligible impact on the 
affected marine mammal species or stocks (see Table 8).
    Although NMFS believes it is unlikely the operation of the 
vibracore would result in the take of marine mammals and did not 
propose to authorize take by vibracore in the Federal Register notice 
of the proposed Authorization, we note here that take from vibracoring 
activities has been included in the Final Authorization out of an 
abundance of caution and at the request of the applicant. Take by Level 
B harassment from vibracoring accounts for approximately 25 percent of 
the take authorized for the entire survey, ranging from 0.9 killer 
whales to 313 harbor seals. The vibracoring activity is

[[Page 51016]]

proposed to occur at 55 locations across the Inlet from the Forelands, 
north to the upper end of Cook Inlet. However, the actual noise-
producing activity will only occur for only 90 seconds at a time, 
during which PSOs will be observing for marine mammals. The limited 
scope and duration of vibracoring makes it extremely unlikely that take 
by Level B harassment would occur during the vibracore portion of the 
operation. Nonetheless, we included the potential take from vibracore 
in our analysis above, and as we indicated, we found that there would 
be a negligible impact on the affect species or stocks from the total 
takes, including any that are authorized for vibracore.

Small Numbers Analysis

    The requested takes authorized annually represent 7.06 percent of 
the Cook Inlet beluga whale population of approximately 340 animals 
(Allen and Angliss, 2014), 1.44 percent of the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian 
Island and Bering Sea stock of killer whales (345 transients), and 
0.064 percent of the Gulf of Alaska stock of approximately 31,046 
harbor porpoises. The take requests presented for harbor seals 
represent 5.02 percent of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock of 
approximately 22,900 animals. These take estimates represent small 
numbers relative to the affected species or stock sizes as shown in 
Table 8.
    In addition to the quantitative methods used to estimate take, NMFS 
also considered qualitative factors that further support the ``small 
numbers'' determination, including: (1) The seasonal distribution and 
habitat use patterns of Cook Inlet beluga whales, which suggest that 
for much of the time only a small portion of the population would be 
accessible to impacts from EMALL's activity, as most animals are found 
in the Susitna Delta region of Upper Cook Inlet from early May through 
September; (2) other cetacean species are not common in the survey 
area; (3) the required mitigation requirements, which provide spatio-
temporal limitations that avoid impacts to large numbers of belugas 
feeding and calving in the Susitna Delta; (4) the required monitoring 
requirements and mitigation measures described earlier in this document 
for all marine mammal species that will reduce the amount of takes; and 
(5) monitoring results from previous activities that indicated low 
numbers of beluga whale sightings within the Level B disturbance 
exclusion zone and low levels of Level B harassment takes of other 
marine mammals. Therefore, NMFS determined that the numbers of animals 
likely to be taken are small.

Impact on Availability of Affected Species for Taking for Subsistence 
Uses

Relevant Subsistence Uses

    The subsistence harvest of marine mammals transcends the 
nutritional and economic values attributed to the animal and is an 
integral part of the cultural identity of the region's Alaska Native 
communities. Inedible parts of the whale provide Native artisans with 
materials for cultural handicrafts, and the hunting itself perpetuates 
Native traditions by transmitting traditional skills and knowledge to 
younger generations (NOAA, 2007).
    The Cook Inlet beluga whale has traditionally been hunted by Alaska 
Natives for subsistence purposes. For several decades prior to the 
1980s, the Native Village of Tyonek residents were the primary 
subsistence hunters of Cook Inlet beluga whales. During the 1980s and 
1990s, Alaska Natives from villages in the western, northwestern, and 
North Slope regions of Alaska either moved to or visited the south 
central region and participated in the yearly subsistence harvest 
(Stanek, 1994). From 1994 to 1998, NMFS estimated 65 whales per year 
(range 21-123) were taken in this harvest, including those successfully 
taken for food and those struck and lost. NMFS concluded that this 
number was high enough to account for the estimated 14 percent annual 
decline in the population during this time (Hobbs et al., 2008). Actual 
mortality may have been higher, given the difficulty of estimating the 
number of whales struck and lost during the hunts. In 1999, a 
moratorium was enacted (Pub. L. 106-31) prohibiting the subsistence 
take of Cook Inlet beluga whales except through a cooperative agreement 
between NMFS and the affected Alaska Native organizations. Since the 
Cook Inlet beluga whale harvest was regulated in 1999 requiring 
cooperative agreements, five beluga whales have been struck and 
harvested. Those beluga whales were harvested in 2001 (one animal), 
2002 (one animal), 2003 (one animal), and 2005 (two animals). The 
Native Village of Tyonek agreed not to hunt or request a hunt in 2007, 
when no co-management agreement was to be signed (NMFS, 2008a).
    On October 15, 2008, NMFS published a final rule that established 
long-term harvest limits on Cook Inlet beluga whales that may be taken 
by Alaska Natives for subsistence purposes (73 FR 60976). That rule 
prohibits harvest for a 5-year interval period if the average stock 
abundance of Cook Inlet beluga whales over the prior five-year interval 
is below 350 whales. Harvest levels for the current 5-year planning 
interval (2013-2017) are zero because the average stock abundance for 
the previous five-year period (2008-2012) was below 350 whales. Based 
on the average abundance over the 2002-2007 period, no hunt occurred 
between 2008 and 2012 (NMFS, 2008a). The Cook Inlet Marine Mammal 
Council, which managed the Alaska Native Subsistence fishery with NMFS, 
was disbanded by a unanimous vote of the Tribes' representatives on 
June 20, 2012. At this time, no harvest is expected in 2015 or, likely, 
in 2016.
    Data on the harvest of other marine mammals in Cook Inlet are 
lacking. Some data are available on the subsistence harvest of harbor 
seals, harbor porpoises, and killer whales in Alaska in the marine 
mammal stock assessments. However, these numbers are for the Gulf of 
Alaska including Cook Inlet, and they are not indicative of the harvest 
in Cook Inlet.
    There is a low level of subsistence hunting for harbor seals in 
Cook Inlet. Seal hunting occurs opportunistically among Alaska Natives 
who may be fishing or travelling in the upper Inlet near the mouths of 
the Susitna River, Beluga River, and Little Susitna. Some detailed 
information on the subsistence harvest of harbor seals is available 
from past studies conducted by the Alaska Department of Fish & Game 
(Wolfe et al., 2009). In 2008, 33 harbor seals were taken for harvest 
in the Upper Kenai-Cook Inlet area. In the same study, reports from 
hunters stated that harbor seal populations in the area were increasing 
(28.6%) or remaining stable (71.4%). The specific hunting regions 
identified were Anchorage, Homer, Kenai, and Tyonek, and hunting 
generally peaks in March, September, and November (Wolfe et al., 2009).

Potential Impacts on Availability for Subsistence Uses

    Section 101(a)(5)(D) also requires NMFS to determine that the 
taking will not have an unmitigable adverse effect on the availability 
of marine mammal species or stocks for subsistence use. NMFS has 
defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact 
resulting from the specified activity: (1) That is likely to reduce the 
availability of the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to 
meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or 
avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing subsistence users; or 
(iii) Placing physical barriers between the marine mammals and the 
subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot

[[Page 51017]]

be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the 
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
    The primary concern is the disturbance of marine mammals through 
the introduction of anthropogenic sound into the marine environment 
during the proposed survey. Marine mammals could be behaviorally 
harassed and either become more difficult to hunt or temporarily 
abandon traditional hunting grounds. However, the proposed survey will 
not have any impacts to beluga harvests as none currently occur in Cook 
Inlet. Additionally, subsistence harvests of other marine mammal 
species are limited in Cook Inlet.

Plan of Cooperation or Measures To Minimize Impacts to Subsistence 
Hunts

    The entire upper Cook unit and a portion of the lower Cook unit 
falls north of 60[deg] N., or within the region NMFS has designated as 
an Arctic subsistence use area. EMALL provided detailed information in 
Section 8 of their application regarding their plan to cooperate with 
local subsistence users and stakeholders regarding the potential 
effects of their proposed activity. There are several villages in 
EMALL's proposed project area that have traditionally hunted marine 
mammals, primarily harbor seals. Tyonek is the only tribal village in 
upper Cook Inlet with a tradition of hunting marine mammals, in this 
case harbor seals and beluga whales. However, for either species the 
annual recorded harvest since the 1980s has averaged about one or fewer 
of either species (Fall et al. 1984, Wolfe et al. 2009, SRBA and HC 
2011), and there is currently a moratorium on subsistence harvest of 
belugas. Further, many of the seals that are harvested are done 
incidentally to salmon fishing or moose hunting (Fall et al. 1984, 
Merrill and Orpheim 2013), often near the mouths of the Susitna Delta 
rivers (Fall et al. 1984) north of EMALL's proposed seismic survey 
area.
    Villages in lower Cook Inlet adjacent to EMALL's proposed survey 
area (Kenai, Salamatof, and Nikiski) have either not traditionally 
hunted beluga whales, or at least not in recent years, and rarely do 
they harvest sea lions. These villages more commonly harvest harbor 
seals, with Kenai reporting an average of about 13 per year between 
1992 and 2008 (Wolfe et al. 2009). According to Fall et al. (1984), 
many of the seals harvested by hunters from these villages were taken 
on the west side of the inlet during hunting excursions for moose and 
black bears.
    Although marine mammals remain an important subsistence resource in 
Cook Inlet, the number of animals annually harvested is low, and are 
primarily harbor seals. Much of the harbor seal harvest occurs 
incidental to other fishing and hunting activities, and at areas 
outside of the EMALL's proposed survey areas such as the Susitna Delta 
or the west side of lower Cook Inlet. Also, EMALL is unlikely to 
conduct activity in the vicinity of any of the river mouths where large 
numbers of seals haul out.
    EMALL and NMFS recognize the importance of ensuring that Alaska 
Natives and federally recognized tribes are informed, engaged, and 
involved during the permitting process and will continue to work with 
the Alaska Natives and tribes to discuss operations and activities.
    Prior to offshore activities EMALL was to consult with nearby 
communities such as Tyonek, Salamatof, and the Kenaitze Indian Tribe to 
attend and present the program description prior to operations within 
those areas. These meetings were conducted and no issues related to 
subsistence use of marine mammals was raised.
    If a conflict does occur with project activities involving 
subsistence or fishing, the project manager will immediately contact 
the affected party to resolve the conflict.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    The project will not have any effect on beluga whale harvests 
because no beluga harvest will take place in 2015. Additionally, the 
proposed seismic survey area is not an important native subsistence 
site for other subsistence species of marine mammals thus, the number 
harvested is expected to be extremely low. The timing and location of 
subsistence harvest of Cook Inlet harbor seals may coincide with 
EMALL's project, but because this subsistence hunt is conducted 
opportunistically and at such a low level (NMFS, 2013c), EMALL's 
program is not expected to have an impact on the subsistence use of 
harbor seals. Moreover, the proposed survey would result in only 
temporary disturbances. Accordingly, the specified activity would not 
impact the availability of these other marine mammal species for 
subsistence uses.
    NMFS anticipates that any effects from EMALL's proposed survey on 
marine mammals, especially harbor seals and Cook Inlet beluga whales, 
which are or have been taken for subsistence uses, would be short-term, 
site specific, and limited to inconsequential changes in behavior and 
mild stress responses. NMFS does not anticipate that the authorized 
taking of affected species or stocks will reduce the availability of 
the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence 
needs by: (1) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting 
areas; (2) directly displacing subsistence users; or (3) placing 
physical barriers between the marine mammals and the subsistence 
hunters; and that cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to 
increase the availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs 
to be met. Based on the description of the specified activity, the 
measures described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of 
marine mammals for subsistence purposes, and the required mitigation 
and monitoring measures, NMFS has determined that there will not be an 
unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from EMALL's proposed 
activities.

Endangered Species Act

    There is one marine mammal species listed as endangered under the 
ESA with confirmed or possible occurrence in the project area: The Cook 
Inlet beluga whale. In addition, the action could occur within 10 miles 
of designated critical habitat for the Cook Inlet beluga whale. NMFS's 
Permits and Conservation Division has initiated consultation with NMFS' 
Alaska Region Protected Resources Division under section 7 of the ESA. 
This consultation concluded on August 13, 2015, when a Biological 
Opinion was issued. The Biological Opinion determined that the issuance 
of an IHA is not likely to jeapordize the continued existence of the 
Cook Inlet beluga whales or destroy or adversely modify Cook Inlet 
beluga whale critical habitat. Finally, the Alaska region issued an 
Incidental Take Statement (ITS) for Cook Inlet beluga whales. The ITS 
contains reasonable and prudent measures implemented by the terms and 
conditions to minimize the effect of this take.

National Environmental Policy Act

    NMFS prepared an EA that includes an analysis of potential 
environmental effects associated with NMFS' issuance of an IHA to EMALL 
to take marine mammals incidental to conducting a geophysical and 
geotechnical survey program in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS has finalized 
the EA and prepared a Finding of No Significant Impact for this action. 
Therefore, preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement is not 
necessary.

[[Page 51018]]

Authorization

    As a result of these determinations, NMFS has issued an IHA to 
Exxon Mobil Alaska LNG LLC (EMALL) for taking marine mammals incidental 
to a geophysical and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska, 
provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting 
requirements are incorporated.

    Dated: August 17, 2015.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2015-20605 Filed 8-20-15; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                    50990                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                    An authorization for incidental                     scan sonar, geophysical resistivity
                                                                                                            takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                meters, and magnetometer to
                                                    National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        that the taking will have a negligible                characterize the bottom surface and
                                                    Administration                                          impact on the species or stock(s), will               subsurface. The planned shallow
                                                    RIN 0648–XE018                                          not have an unmitigable adverse impact                geotechnical investigations include
                                                                                                            on the availability of the species or                 vibracoring, sediment grab sampling,
                                                    Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                   stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                  and piezo-cone penetration testing
                                                    Specified Activities; Taking Marine                     relevant), and if the permissible                     (PCPT) to directly evaluate seabed
                                                    Mammals Incidental to Geophysical                       methods of taking and requirements                    features and soil conditions.
                                                    and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet,                  pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring              Geotechnical borings are planned at
                                                    Alaska                                                  and reporting of such takings are set                 potential shoreline crossings and in the
                                                                                                            forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                  terminal boring subarea within the
                                                    AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                      impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘an                    Marine Terminal survey area, and will
                                                    Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                    impact resulting from the specified                   be used to collect information on the
                                                    Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                      activity that cannot be reasonably                    mechanical properties of in-situ soils to
                                                    Commerce.                                                                                                     support feasibility studies for
                                                                                                            expected to, and is not reasonably likely
                                                    ACTION: Notice; issuance of an incidental               to, adversely affect the species or stock             construction crossing techniques and
                                                    harassment authorization.                               through effects on annual rates of                    decisions on siting and design of
                                                                                                            recruitment or survival.’’                            pilings, dolphins, and other marine
                                                    SUMMARY:   NMFS is issuing an
                                                                                                              Except with respect to certain                      structures. Geophysical resistivity
                                                    Authorization in response to a request
                                                                                                            activities not pertinent here, the MMPA               imaging will be conducted at the
                                                    from ExxonMobil Alaska LNG LLC
                                                                                                            defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                 potential shoreline crossings. Shear
                                                    (EMALL) for an authorization to take
                                                                                                            pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)              wave velocity profiles (downhole
                                                    marine mammals, by harassment,
                                                                                                            has the potential to injure a marine                  geophysics) will be conducted within
                                                    incidental to a geophysical and
                                                                                                            mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  some of the boreholes. Further details of
                                                    geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, AK,
                                                                                                            wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has                the planned operations are provided
                                                    for 84 days between August 14, 2015
                                                                                                            the potential to disturb a marine                     below.
                                                    and August 13, 2016.
                                                    DATES: Effective August 14, 2015,                       mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  Dates and Duration
                                                    through August 13, 2016.                                wild by causing disruption of behavioral
                                                                                                            patterns, including, but not limited to,                 Geophysical and geotechnical (G&G)
                                                    ADDRESSES: Electronic copies of the                                                                           surveys that do not involve equipment
                                                                                                            migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
                                                    Incidental Harrassment Authorization                                                                          that could acoustically harass listed
                                                    (IHA; Authorization), application, and                  feeding, or sheltering [Level B
                                                                                                                                                                  marine mammals began in May 2015.
                                                    associated Environmental Assessment                     harassment].
                                                                                                                                                                  These surveys include echo sounders
                                                    (EA) and Finding of No Significant                      Summary of Request                                    and side scan sonar surveys operating at
                                                    Impact (FONSI) may be obtained by                                                                             frequencies above the hearing range of
                                                                                                              On February 4, 2015, NMFS received
                                                    writing to Jolie Harrison, Division Chief,                                                                    local marine mammals and geotechnical
                                                                                                            an application from EMALL for the
                                                    Permits and Conservation Division,                                                                            borings, which are not expected to
                                                                                                            taking of marine mammals incidental to
                                                    Office of Protected Resources, National                                                                       produce underwater noise exceeding
                                                                                                            a geotechnical and geophysical survey
                                                    Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-                                                                          ambient. The remaining surveys,
                                                                                                            in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS determined
                                                    West Highway, Silver Spring, MD                                                                               including use of sub-bottom profilers
                                                                                                            that the application was adequate and
                                                    20910, telephoning the contact listed                                                                         and the small airgun, will begin soon
                                                                                                            complete on June 8, 2015.
                                                    below (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION                                                                            after receipt of the IHA. These activities
                                                                                                              EMALL proposes to conduct a
                                                    CONTACT), or visiting the internet at:                                                                        would be scheduled in such a manner
                                                                                                            geophysical and geotechnical survey in
                                                    http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                                                                          as to minimize potential effects to
                                                                                                            Cook Inlet to investigate the technical
                                                    incidental.htm. Documents cited in this                                                                       marine mammals, subsistence activities,
                                                                                                            suitability of a pipeline study corridor
                                                    notice may also be viewed, by                                                                                 and other users of Cook Inlet waters. It
                                                    appointment, during regular business                    across Cook Inlet and potential marine
                                                                                                            terminal locations near Nikiski. The                  is expected that approximately 12 weeks
                                                    hours, at the aforementioned address.                                                                         (84 work days) are required to complete
                                                                                                            proposed activity would occur for 12
                                                    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sara                                                                         the G&G Program. The work days would
                                                                                                            weeks during the 2015 open water
                                                    Young, Office of Protected Resources,                                                                         not all be consecutive due to weather,
                                                                                                            season after August 14, 2015. The
                                                    NMFS, (301) 427–8484.                                                                                         rest days, and any timing restrictions.
                                                                                                            following specific aspects of the
                                                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                              proposed activities are likely to result in           Specified Geographic Region
                                                    Background                                              the take of marine mammals: Use of a                    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program
                                                                                                            seismic airgun, sub-bottom profiler                   will include geophysical surveys,
                                                       Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
                                                    MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct                    (chirp and boomer), and potentially a                 shallow geotechnical investigations, and
                                                    the Secretary of Commerce to allow,                     vibracore. Take, by Level B Harassment                geotechnical borings. Two separate
                                                    upon request, the incidental, but not                   only, of individuals of four species of               areas will be investigated and are shown
                                                    intentional, taking of small numbers of                 marine mammals is anticipated to result               in Figure 1 of the application: The
                                                    marine mammals by U.S. citizens who                     from the specified activities.                        pipeline survey area and the Marine
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    engage in a specified activity (other than              Description of the Specified Activity                 Terminal survey area (which includes
                                                    commercial fishing) within a specified                                                                        an LNG carrier approach zone). The
                                                    geographical region if certain findings                 Overview                                              pipeline survey area runs from the
                                                    are made and either regulations are                       The planned geophysical surveys                     Kenai Peninsula, across the Inlet, up to
                                                    issued or, if the taking is limited to                  involve remote sensors including single               Beluga, also considered the Upper Inlet.
                                                    harassment, a notice of a proposed                      beam echo sounder, multibeam echo                     The Terminal area will include an area
                                                    authorization is provided to the public                 sounder, sub-bottom profiler (chirp and               west and south of Nikiski, the northern
                                                    for review.                                             boomer), 0.983 L (60 in3) airgun, side                edge of what is considered the Lower


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                           50991

                                                    Inlet. The G&G Program survey areas                     www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                         practicable, including measures to
                                                    (also referred to as the action area or                 incidental.htm. Following is a summary                shutdown active acoustic sources if any
                                                    action areas) are larger than the                       of the public comments and NMFS’                      beluga whale is observed approaching
                                                    proposed pipeline route and the Marine                  responses.                                            or within the Level B harassment zone
                                                    Terminal site to ensure detection of all                   Comment 1: One private citizen                     and restricting activities within a 10 mi
                                                    potential hazards, or to identify areas                 requested that we deny issuance of the                (16 km) radius of the Susitna Delta from
                                                    free of hazards. This provides siting                   IHA because marine mammals would be                   April 15 through October 15, which is
                                                    flexibility should the pipeline corridor                killed as a result of the survey.                     an important area for beluga feeding and
                                                    or Marine Terminal sites need to be                        Response: The survey is not expected               calving in the spring and summer
                                                    adjusted to avoid existing hazards.                     to result in the death of any marine                  months. This shutdown measure is
                                                       • Pipeline Survey Area—The                           mammal species, and no such take is                   more restrictive than the standard
                                                    proposed pipeline survey area (Figure 1)                authorized. Extensive analysis of the                 shutdown measures typically applied,
                                                    crosses Cook Inlet from Boulder Point                   proposed geotechnical and geophysical                 and combined with the Susitna Delta
                                                    on the Kenai Peninsula across to Shorty                 survey was conducted in accordance                    exclusion (minimizing adverse effects to
                                                    Creek about halfway between the village                 with the MMPA, Endangered Species                     foraging), is expected to reduce both the
                                                    of Tyonek and the Beluga River. This                    Act (ESA), and National Environmental                 scope and severity of potential
                                                    survey area is approximately 45 km (28                  Policy Act (NEPA). Pursuant to those                  harassment takes, minimizing impacts
                                                    mi) in length along the corridor                        statutes, we analyzed the impacts of the              from the harassment that would
                                                    centerline and averages about 13 km (8                  survey activities to marine mammals                   adversely affect reproductive rates or
                                                    mi) wide. The total survey area is 541                  (including those listed as threatened or              survivorship.
                                                    km2 (209 mi2). The pipeline survey area                 endangered under the ESA), their                         Our analysis indicates that issuance of
                                                    includes a subarea where vibracores                     habitat (including critical habitat                   this IHA will not contribute to or
                                                    will be conducted in addition to the                    designated under the ESA), and to the                 worsen the observed decline of the Cook
                                                    geophysical surveys and shallow                         availability of marine mammals for                    Inlet beluga whale population.
                                                    geotechnical investigations.                            taking for subsistence uses. The MMPA                 Additionally, the ESA Biological
                                                       • Marine Terminal Survey Area—The                    analysis revealed that the activities                 Opinion determined that the issuance of
                                                    proposed Marine Terminal survey area                    would have a negligible impact on                     an IHA is not likely to jeopardize the
                                                    (Figure 1), encompassing 371 km2 (143                   affected marine mammal species or                     continued existence of the Cook Inlet
                                                    mi2), is located near Nikiski where                     stocks and would not have an                          beluga whales or adversely modify Cook
                                                    potential sites and vessel routes for the               unmitigable adverse impact on the                     Inlet beluga whale critical habitat. The
                                                    Marine Terminal are being investigated.                 availability of marine mammals for                    Biological Opinion also outlined Terms
                                                    The Marine Terminal survey area                         taking for subsistence uses. The ESA                  and Conditions and Reasonable and
                                                    includes two subareas: A seismic survey                 analysis concluded that the activities                Prudent Measures to reduce impacts,
                                                    subarea where the airgun will be                        likely would not jeopardize the                       which have been incorporated into the
                                                    operated in addition to the other                       continued existence of ESA-listed                     IHA. Therefore, based on the analysis of
                                                    geophysical equipment, and a terminal                   species or destroy or adversely modify                potential effects, the parameters of the
                                                    boring subarea where geotechnical                       designated critical habitat. The NEPA                 survey, and the rigorous mitigation and
                                                    boreholes will be drilled in addition to                analysis concluded that there would not               monitoring program, NMFS determined
                                                    the geophysical survey and shallow                      be a significant impact on the human                  that the activity would have a negligible
                                                    geotechnical investigations. The seismic                environment.                                          impact on the population.
                                                    survey subarea encompasses 25 km2                          Comment 2: The MMC and the NRDC                       Moreover, the survey would take by
                                                    (8.5 mi2) and the terminal boring                       recommend that NMFS defer issuance                    Level B harrassment only small
                                                    subarea encompasses 12 km2 (4.6 mi2).                   of any Authorization to EMALL or other                numbers of marine mammals relative to
                                                                                                            applicants until NMFS concludes that                  their population sizes. As described in
                                                    Detailed Description of Activities                      those activities would affect no more                 the proposed IHA Federal Register
                                                      The Notice of Proposed IHA (80 FR                     than a small number of Cook Inlet                     notice, NMFS used a method that
                                                    37465, June 30, 2015) contains a full                   beluga whales with a negligible impact                incorporates density of marine
                                                    detailed description of the geotechnical                on the population.                                    mammals overlaid with the anticipated
                                                    and geophysical survey, including the                      Response: In accordance with our                   ensonified area and the number of days
                                                    sources proposed to be used and vessel                  implementing regulations at 50 CFR                    of the operation to calculate an
                                                    details. That information has not                       216.104(c), we use the best available                 estimated number of takes for belugas.
                                                    changed and is therefore not repeated                   scientific information to determine                   The number of belugas likely to be taken
                                                    here.                                                   whether the taking by the specified                   represents 7.04% of the population,
                                                                                                            activity within the specified geographic              which NMFS considers small. In
                                                    Comments and Responses                                  region will have a negligible impact on               addition to this quantitative evaluation,
                                                      A Notice of Proposed IHA was                          the species or stock and will not have                NMFS has also considered qualitative
                                                    published in the Federal Register on                    an unmitigable adverse impact on the                  factors that further support the ‘‘small
                                                    June 30, 2015 (80 FR 37465) for public                  availability of such species or stock for             numbers’’ determination, including: (1)
                                                    comment. During the 30-day public                       subsistence uses. Based on the best                   The seasonal distribution and habitat
                                                    comment period, NMFS received four                      scientific information available, NMFS                use patterns of Cook Inlet beluga
                                                    comment letters from the following: The                 determined that the impacts of the                    whales, which suggest that for much of
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Marine Mammal Commission (MMC);                         geotechnical and geophysical survey                   the time only a small portion of the
                                                    the Natural Resource Defense Counsel                    program, which are primarily acoustic                 population would be accessible to
                                                    (NRDC); Friends of Animals (FOA); and                   in nature, would meet these standards.                impacts from EMALL’s activity, as most
                                                    one private citizen.                                    Moreover, EMALL proposed and NMFS                     animals are concentrated in upper Cook
                                                      All of the public comment letters                     has required in the IHA a rigorous                    Inlet; and (2) the mitigation
                                                    received on the Notice of Proposed IHA                  mitigation plan to reduce impacts to                  requirements, which provide spatio-
                                                    (80 FR 37465, June 30, 2015) are                        Cook Inlet beluga whales and other                    temporal limitations that avoid impacts
                                                    available on the internet at: http://                   marine mammals to the lowest level                    to large numbers of animals feeding and


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    50992                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    calving in the Susitna Delta and limit                  proposed for each open water season                   characteristics that more closely
                                                    exposures to sound levels associated                    until the EIS is complete.                            resemble those of impulsive sounds
                                                    with Level B harassment. Based on all                      Comment 5: The MMC, NRDC, and                      than non-impulsive sounds. With regard
                                                    of this information, NMFS determined                    FOA commented on an error in beluga                   to behavioral thresholds, we therefore
                                                    that the number of beluga whales likely                 density information used to estimate the              consider the temporal and spectral
                                                    to be taken is small. See response to                   number of beluga exposures in the                     characteristics of sub-bottom profiler
                                                    Comment 3 and our small numbers                         proposed authorization. The MMC and                   signals to more closely resemble those
                                                    analysis later in this document for more                NRDC recommend that NMFS provide                      of an impulse sound rather than a
                                                    information about the small numbers                     public notice of the revised number of                continuous sound. The 160-dB
                                                    determination for beluga whales and the                 beluga whale takes that NMFS proposes                 threshold is typically associated with
                                                    other marine mammal species.                            to authorize along with a revised                     impulsive sources.
                                                       Comment 3: The MMC recommends                        analysis.                                                The MMC suggests that, for certain
                                                    that before issuing any Authorizations,                    Response: NMFS acknowledges the                    sources considered here, the interval
                                                    NMFS develop clear criteria for                         error in beluga density information and               between pulses is so small it should be
                                                    determining what constitutes small                      has revised the calculations used for                 considered continuous. However, a sub-
                                                    numbers and negligible impact for the                   take estimation presented in the Federal              bottom profiler chirp’s ‘‘rapid staccato’’
                                                    purpose of authorizing incidental take                  Register notice for the proposed IHA.                 of pulse trains is emitted in a similar
                                                    of marine mammals.                                      The correction results in a revised                   fashion as odontocete echolocation click
                                                       Response: NMFS consistently assesses                 exposure estimate of 30 belugas.                      trains. Research indicates that marine
                                                    clearly articulated factors in making                   However, following discussions with                   mammals, in general, have extremely
                                                    both the small numbers and negligible                   the applicant, the MMC, and the Alaska                fine auditory temporal resolution and
                                                    impact findings in our actions, and                     Regional Office, NMFS has determined                  can detect each signal separately (e.g.,
                                                    those findings are supported for this                   that exposures due to the chirp will not              Au et al., 1988; Dolphin et al., 1995;
                                                    action as described in this notice.                     be included in the Authorization, as the              Supin and Popov, 1995; Mooney et al.,
                                                    However, we are currently assessing our                 chirp and the boomer will be operating                2009), especially for species with
                                                    criteria for determining what constitutes               concurrently and the 160-dB isopleth of               echolocation capabilities. Therefore, it
                                                    ‘‘small numbers’’ and are working                       the boomer is larger than that of the                 is highly unlikely that marine mammals
                                                    towards the development of an                           chirp. Therefore, NMFS is authorizing                 would perceive sub-bottom profiler
                                                    improved, and more quantitative,                        take by Level B harrassment of only 24                signals as being continuous.
                                                    analytical framework for determining                    belugas. This new exposure estimate                      In conclusion, sub-bottom profiler
                                                    whether an activity will have a                         represents 7.06% of the population,                   signals are intermittent rather than
                                                    ‘‘negligible impact’’ for the purpose of                whereas the original estimate of 14                   continuous signals, and the fine
                                                    authorizing takes of marine mammals.                    represented 4.12% of the population.                  temporal resolution of the marine
                                                    We fully intend to engage the MMC in                    This difference does not substantively                mammal auditory system allows them to
                                                    these processes at the appropriate time.                affect NMFS’ analysis of effects, nor                 perceive these sounds as such. Further,
                                                       Comment 4: The MMC and NRDC                          does it change the small numbers or                   the physical characteristics of these
                                                    recommend that NMFS finalize and                        negligible impact determinations, and                 signals indicate a greater similarity to
                                                    implement the beluga whale recovery                     therefore it does not merit a second                  the way that intermittent, impulsive
                                                    plan, issue its programmatic EIS, and                   public comment period.                                sounds are received. Therefore, the 160-
                                                    establish annual limits on the types of                    Comment 6: The MMC and NRDC                        dB threshold (typically associated with
                                                    takes authorized for sound-producing                    recommend that until behavior                         impulsive sources) is more appropriate
                                                    activities in Cook Inlet before issuing                 thresholds are updated, that NMFS                     than the 120-dB threshold (typically
                                                    additional Authorizations.                              require applicants to use the 120-dB                  associated with continuous sources) for
                                                       Response: NMFS recognizes the                        rather than 160-dB threshold for sub-                 estimating takes by behavioral
                                                    release of the draft recovery plan and, as              bottom profilers.                                     harassment incidental to use of such
                                                    an agency, will address and implement                      Response: The 120-dB threshold is                  sources.
                                                    appropriate recommendations made in                     typically associated with continuous                     We agree with the MMC’c
                                                    the recovery plan when the draft                        sources. Continuous sounds are those                  recommendation to revise existing
                                                    becomes a Final Recovery Plan, after                    whose sound pressure level remains                    acoustic criteria and thresholds as
                                                    NMFS has been able to incorporate                       above that of the ambient sound, with                 necessary to specify threshold levels
                                                    public comment on the draft version.                    negligibly small fluctuations in level                that would be more appropriate for a
                                                       Further, NMFS is making progress                     (NIOSH, 1998; ANSI, 2005). Intermittent               wider range of sound sources, and are
                                                    toward the development of the Cook                      sounds are defined as sounds with                     currently in the process of producing
                                                    Inlet EIS to analyze the environmental                  interrupted levels of low or no sound                 such revisions. In particular, NMFS
                                                    impacts of issuing Incidental Take                      (NIOSH, 1998). Sub-bottom profiler                    recognizes the importance of context
                                                    Authorizations (ITAs) pursuant to the                   signals are intermittent sounds.                      (e.g., behavioral state of the animals,
                                                    Marine Mammal Protection Act                            Intermittent sounds can further be                    distance) in behavioral responses. The
                                                    (MMPA) for the taking of marine                         defined as either impulsive or non-                   current behavioral categorization (i.e.,
                                                    mammals incidental to anthropogenic                     impulsive. Impulsive sounds have been                 impulse vs. continuous) does not
                                                    activities in the waters of Cook Inlet,                 defined as sounds which are typically                 account for context and is not
                                                    AK, but in the meanwhile is also                        transient, brief (<1 sec), broadband, and             appropriate for all sound sources. Thus,
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    requesting that all Cook Inlet applicants               consist of a high peak pressure with                  updated NOAA Acoustic Guidance
                                                    requesting authorizations for the 2016                  rapid rise time and rapid decay (ANSI,                (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/
                                                    open water season send in their                         1986; NIOSH, 1998). Non-impulsive                     guidelines.htm), once completed, will
                                                    applications by October 1, 2015. This                   sounds typically have more gradual rise               more appropriately categorize
                                                    will enable NMFS to conduct a                           times and longer decays (ANSI, 1995;                  behavioral harassment criteria by
                                                    Programmatic EA for these activities                    NIOSH, 1998). Sub-bottom profiler                     activity type. NOAA recognizes, as new
                                                    and better analyze the cumulative                       signals have durations that are typically             science becomes available, that our
                                                    effects from all of the authorizations                  very brief (<1 sec), with temporal                    current categorizations (i.e., impulse vs.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                           50993

                                                    continuous) may not fully encompass                     levels. This change has been noted in                 (Richardson et al., 1985, 1986)
                                                    the complexity associated with                          the Authorization text.                               responding to seismic airguns (e.g.,
                                                    behavioral responses (i.e., context, etc.)                 Comment 9: The MMC and NRDC                        impulsive sound source). There is more
                                                    and are working toward addressing                       recommend that NMFS allow sufficient                  recent information bearing on
                                                    these issues in future acoustic guidance.               time between the close of the comment                 behavioral reactions to seismic airguns,
                                                    However, in the meanwhile, while our                    period and issuance of an Authorization               but while those data illustrate how
                                                    current behavioral acoustic thresholds                  for NMFS to analyze, consider, and                    complex and context-dependent the
                                                    may not fully account for some of the                   respond fully to comments received and                relationship is between the two, they do
                                                    differences observed across taxa and                    incorporate changes as appropriate.                   not clearly suggest that there is a more
                                                    contexts, they still serve as somewhat                     Response: NMFS acknowledges that                   appropriate level than 160dB to serve as
                                                    conservative generalized indicators of                  the time between the close of public                  general behavioral harassment threshold
                                                    received levels at which we anticipate                  comment and the target date for issuing               for multiple taxa. See 75 FR 49710,
                                                    behavioral harassment, and are not                      the Authorization is short. However,                  49716 (August 13, 2010) (IHA for Shell
                                                    undermined by newer information.                        NMFS fully considered and responded                   seismic survey in Alaska). Further, it is
                                                       Comment 7: The MMC and NRDC                          to all comments before issuing the                    not a matter of merely replacing the
                                                    recommend that prior to issuance of the                 Authorization, and incorporated                       existing threshold with a new one.
                                                    Final Authorization, NMFS include                       changes as appropriate (i.e., see                     NOAA is working to develop more
                                                    taking by Level B harassment of                         response to Comment 8).                               sophisticated draft guidance for
                                                    humpback whales, gray whales, minke                        Comment 10: The NRDC and FOA                       determining impacts from acoustic
                                                    whales, Dall’s porpoise, and Steller sea                comment that NEPA mandates that                       sources, including information for
                                                    lion.                                                   NMFS may not authorize activities                     determining Level B harassment
                                                       Response: The issuance of an                         while a programmatic EIS is underway.                 thresholds. Due to the complexity of the
                                                    Authorization to an applicant is a                      The NRDC references 40 CFR 1506.1.                    task, any guidance will require a
                                                    request-based process. On the one hand,                    Response: NMFS acknowledges that it                rigorous review that includes internal
                                                    if NMFS believes that marine mammals                    is preparing an EIS for incidental take               agency review, public notice and
                                                    will be taken that are not identified by                authorizations in Cook Inlet, AK (79 FR               comment, and additional external peer
                                                    the applicant, we will work with the                    61616; October 14, 2014). However,                    review before any final product is
                                                    applicant to modify the request to                      NMFS is undertaking this                              published. In the meantime, and taking
                                                    ensure inclusion of affected species. On                environmental analysis voluntarily as a               into consideration the facts and
                                                    the other hand, applicants sometimes                    decision support tool for processing                  available science, NMFS determined it
                                                    request take of a small number of                       MMPA ITA requests in Cook Inlet. The                  is reasonable to use the 160 dB
                                                    species that NMFS believes are unlikely                 programmatic EIS is meant to address                  threshold for estimating takes of marine
                                                    to be encountered but NMFS will                         anticipated future levels of activity in              mammals in Cook Inlet by Level B
                                                    authorize take of those species as long                 Cook Inlet, which may include increases               harassment. However, we discuss the
                                                    as the necessary findings can be made.                  in activity, not a specific proposed                  science on this issue qualitatively in our
                                                    NMFS acknowledges that it has                           program or project. NMFS will continue                analysis of potential effects to marine
                                                    authorized the take of the species                      to prepare EAs or EISs, as appropriate,               mammals.
                                                    identified by commenters that occur                     for specific individual applications for                 Comment 12: The NRDC comments
                                                    infrequently in Cook Inlet in other                     Incidental Take Authorizations (ITA) at               that NMFS should require the use of
                                                    Authorizations. However, in those                       this time. Consistent with its obligations            alternative technologies, including
                                                    instances, the applicant requested take                 under NEPA, NMFS prepared an EA                       quieting technologies, as well as
                                                    of those species and NMFS analyzed the                  (including an analysis of cumulative                  adopting additional time-area closures.
                                                    requests submitted. EMALL believes,                     effects) prior to issuing the                            Response: NMFS responds to this
                                                    and NMFS concurs, that with the                         Authorization to EMALL and                            comment as part of the response to
                                                    required monitoring, small zones of                     determined that issuance of the                       Comment 14 below.
                                                    influence, and short operating period (as               Authorization would not significantly                    Comment 13: The NRDC comments
                                                    compared to previous activities                         impact the quality of the human                       that the suggestion that Cook Inlet
                                                    authorized in Cook Inlet), the activities               environment.                                          belugas are habituated to certain levels
                                                    are unlikely to result in the take any of                  Comment 11: The NRDC commented                     of anthropogenic activity is outdated,
                                                    the species identified by the                           that NMFS should not issue an                         given a study by Kendall et al. (2014) on
                                                    commenters. Moreover, if a species for                  Authorization until it has completed its              impacts to belugas from construction
                                                    which take is not authorized is                         revision of acoustic thresholds for take              noise.
                                                    encountered, the Authorization text                     by Level B harrassment.                                  Response: NMFS acknowledges that
                                                    states that the applicant must shut down                   Response: NMFS notes that NRDC’s                   there are scientific records of belugas
                                                    active sound sources.                                   comment that NMFS uses an outdated                    responding to anthropogenic noise, as
                                                       Comment 8: The MMC recommends                        and incorrect threshold for behavioral                evidenced in Kendall et al. (2014).
                                                    that NMFS require EMALL to monitor                      takes does not include any specific                   Beluga whale response to vessel noise
                                                    for marine mammals for 30 minutes                       recommendations. NMFS uses 160 dB                     varies greatly from tolerance to extreme
                                                    after authorized activities have ceased.                (rms) as the exposure level for                       sensitivity depending on the activity of
                                                       Response: NMFS agrees with the                       estimating take by Level B harassment                 the whale and previous experience with
                                                    MMC and has added a post-activity                       for most species in most cases. This                  vessels (Richardson et al., 1995).
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    monitoring period of 30 minutes as a                    threshold was established for                         Reactions to vessels depends on whale
                                                    requirement for this activity. A 30-                    underwater impulse sound sources                      activities and experience, habitat, boat
                                                    minute monitoring period after the                      based on measured avoidance responses                 type, and boat behavior (Richardson et
                                                    cessation of authorized sound source                    observed in whales in the wild.                       al., 1995), and may include behavioral
                                                    operations can provide useful                           Specifically, the 160 dB threshold was                responses, such as altered headings or
                                                    observations to compare the behavior                    derived from data for mother-calf pairs               avoidance (Blane and Jaakson, 1994;
                                                    and abundance of animals during                         of migrating gray whales (Malme et al.,               Erbe and Farmer, 2000); fast swimming;
                                                    different scenarios of various noise                    1983, 1984) and bowhead whales                        changes in vocalizations (Lesage et al.,


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    50994                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    1999; Scheifele et al., 2005); and                      NMFS ‘‘failed to consider or adequately               sufficient to protect Cook Inlet beluga
                                                    changes in dive, surfacing, and                         consider.’’                                           whales and the critical habitat in the
                                                    respiration patterns.                                      Response: NMFS provided a detailed                 Susitna Delta. While data indicate that
                                                       A study by Lessage et al. (1999) of                  discussion of proposed mitigation                     belugas may use this part of the inlet
                                                    belugas in the St. Lawrence River states                measures and the MMPA’s ‘‘least                       year round, peak use occurs from early
                                                    with respect to modification of vocal                   practicable impact’’ standard in the                  May to late September. NMFS added a
                                                    behavior that ‘‘Owing to the gregarious                 notice of the proposed IHA (80 FR                     2-week buffer on both ends of this peak
                                                    nature of belugas, this would not pose                  37465, June 30, 2015), which are                      usage period to add extra protection to
                                                    a serious problem for intraherd                         repeated in the ‘‘Mitigation’’ section of             feeding and calving belugas.
                                                    communication, given the relatively                     this notice. The measures that NRDC                      (4) Limitation of the mitigation airgun
                                                    short distances between herd members;                   alleges NMFS failed to consider or                    to the longest shot interval necessary to
                                                    a source of noise would have to be very                 adequately consider are identified and                carry out its intended purpose: EMALL
                                                    close to them to potentially limit any                  discussed below:                                      is not proposing to use a mitigation
                                                    communication within a herd. However,                      (1) Field testing and use of alternative           airgun, therefore this measure does not
                                                    communication is probably not limited                   technologies, such as vibroseis and                   apply.
                                                    to herd members, since inter-herd                       gravity gradiometry, to reduce or                        (5) Immediate suspension of airgun
                                                    communication may be important                          eliminate the need for airguns and                    activity, pending investigation, if any
                                                    during the breeding season, when                        delaying seismic acquisition in higher                beluga strandings occur within or
                                                    locating food sources, when navigating                  density areas until the alternative                   within an appropriate distance of the
                                                    in ice, or when reacting to large-scale                 technology of marine vibroseis becomes                survey area: The IHA requires EMALL
                                                    disturbance. On these larger scales, high               available: EMALL requested takes of                   to immediately cease activities and
                                                    noise levels could impair                               marine mammals incidental to the                      report unauthorized takes of marine
                                                    communication.’’ NMFS acknowledges                      geotechnical and geophysical survey
                                                                                                                                                                  mammals, such as live stranding, injury,
                                                    the potential for masking from the                      operations described in the IHA
                                                                                                                                                                  serious injury, or mortality. NMFS will
                                                    sound sources proposed by EMALL and                     application, which identified use of
                                                                                                                                                                  review the circumstances of EMALL’s
                                                    discusses the potential effects of this.                only a 60 in3 airgun array with a
                                                                                                                                                                  unauthorized take and determine if
                                                    The concerns raised by NRDC in the                      distance to the 160-dB isopleth of 300m.
                                                                                                                                                                  additional mitigation measures are
                                                    paper by Bejder et al. (2009), that                     It would be inappropriate for NMFS to
                                                                                                                                                                  needed before activities can resume to
                                                    animals that do not display overt                       fundamentally change the specified
                                                                                                                                                                  minimize the likelihood of further
                                                    behavioral reactions could be incurring                 activity for which EMALL submitted an
                                                                                                                                                                  unauthorized take and to ensure MMPA
                                                    harm, is an important component of                      IHA application by requiring that they
                                                                                                                                                                  compliance. EMALL may not resume
                                                    understanding the effects of tolerance                  acquire data using an entirely different
                                                                                                            system of sound sources, especially if                activities until notified by NMFS.
                                                    on mammals in areas of increasing
                                                                                                            the alternate technology cannot meet the              Separately, the IHA includes measures
                                                    anthropogenic activity but no
                                                                                                            objectives of the proposed activity.                  if injured or dead marine mammals are
                                                    mechanism to estimate the
                                                                                                               EMALL knows of no current                          sighted and the cause cannot be easily
                                                    physiological effects from tolerance are
                                                                                                            technology scaled for industrial use that             determined. In those cases, NMFS will
                                                    currently viable for this analysis. As
                                                                                                            is reliable enough to meet the                        review the circumstances of the
                                                    noted above, though, even though
                                                                                                            environmental challenges of operating                 stranding event while EMALL continues
                                                    shutdown measures are in place that
                                                    will minimize behavioral harassment of                  in Cook Inlet. An airgun is only one of               with operations.
                                                    belugas, NMFS does not reduce the                       several sources proposed by EMALL                        (6) Establishment of a larger exclusion
                                                    amount of take expected/authorized due                  and alternative quieting technologies for             zone for beluga whales that is not
                                                    to possible habitation of belugas in Cook               the boomer, chirp, and vibracore are                  predicated on the detection of whale
                                                    Inlet to anthropogenic noise, and the                   undeveloped at this time.                             aggregations or cow-calf pairs: Both the
                                                    negligible impact determination below                      (2) Required use of the lowest                     proposed IHA and the issued IHA
                                                    does not rely on an assumption of                       practicable source level in conducting                contain a requirement for EMALL to
                                                    habitation to make the necessary                        airgun activity: EMALL is requesting to               delay the start of active acoustic source
                                                    findings.                                               use a 60 in3 airgun, a very small source,             use or shutdown the active acoustic
                                                       Comment 14: The NRDC comments                        for a duration of 7 days. This size of                sources if a beluga whale is visually
                                                    that NMFS is failing to meet the                        airgun, and the length and area of the                sighted approaching or within the 160-
                                                    requirement of setting forth                            survey, is necessary to meet EMALL’s                  dB disturbance zone until the animal(s)
                                                    ‘‘permissible methods of taking                         program objectives and minimize                       are no longer present within the 160-dB
                                                    pursuant to such activity, and other                    geotechnical, geohazard, and                          zone. The measure applies to the
                                                    means of effecting the least practicable                constructability risks.                               sighting of any beluga whale, not just
                                                    adverse impact on such species or stock                    (3) Seasonal exclusions around river               sighting of groups or cow-calf pairs.
                                                    and its habitat’’ and urges NMFS to                     mouths, including early spring (pre-                     Comment 15: FOA comments on
                                                    adopt meaningful mitigation and                         April 14) exclusions around the Beluga                several issues related to cumulative
                                                    monitoring measures including                           River and Susitna Delta, and avoidance                impacts analysis including: (1) NMFS
                                                    requiring applicants to contribute to a                 of other areas that have a higher                     contradicts the Draft Recovery Plan by
                                                    comprehensive monitoring plan to                        probability of beluga occurrence: NMFS                issuing Authorizations, given that two
                                                    better understand distribution as well as               has required a 10 mile (16 km)                        concerns of note in the Plan include
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    individual and cumulative effects of                    exclusion zone around the Susitna Delta               noise and cumulative/synergistic effects
                                                    human activities on Cook Inlet belugas,                 (which includes the Beluga River) in                  (2) each phase of the Alaska LNG project
                                                    which was incorporated by reference to                  this IHA. Survey operations involving                 will add to increasing cumulative effects
                                                    NRDC’s public comment on the                            the use of airgun, boomer, chirp, and                 to Cook Inlet belugas (3) over the past
                                                    Proposed Rule for Apache Alaska                         vibracore will be prohibited in this area             three years, NMFS has authorized at
                                                    Corporation. In the Apache comment                      between April 15 and October 15. In                   least 288 takes by Level B harassment of
                                                    letter, the NRDC provides a list of                     both the MMPA and ESA analysis,                       Cook Inlet beluga whales and that takes
                                                    approximately eight measures that                       NMFS determined that this date range is               for AK LNG must be addressed in the


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                            50995

                                                    context of cumulative impacts from                      other information relevant to the                     NMFS Alaska Regional Office (Protected
                                                    other authorized takes.                                 determination made under the MMPA.                    Resources Division) under section 7 of
                                                       Response: Neither the MMPA nor                          NMFS will continue to analyze                      the ESA on the issuance of the IHA to
                                                    NMFS’ implementing regulations                          monitoring reports from authorized                    EMALL. NMFS’s Biological Opinion
                                                    specify how to consider other activities                activities, applicable new science, and               concluded that the issuance of the IHA
                                                    and their impacts on the same                           the increase of Cook Inlet activities in              is not likely to jeopardize the continued
                                                    populations when conducting a                           the context of the Cook Inlet Beluga                  existence of listed species (e.g., would
                                                    negligible impact analysis. However,                    Whale Recovery Plan, and will also                    not appreciably reduce the ability of any
                                                    consistent with the 1989 preamble for                   continue to carefully evaluate proposed               listed species under NMFS’ jurisdiction
                                                    NMFS’ implementing regulations (54 FR                   activities and recommend mitigation                   to survive and recover in the wild) or
                                                    40338, September 29, 1989), the impacts                 measures to ensure that the issuance of               result in the destruction or adverse
                                                    from other past and ongoing                             MMPA authorizations does not                          modification of critical habitat.
                                                    anthropogenic activities are                            negatively impact the recovery of Cook                   Comment 21: FOA comments that
                                                    incorporated into the negligible impact                 Inlet belugas.                                        NMFS must include a discussion of
                                                    analysis via their impacts on the                          Comment 16: FOA comments that the                  ethics and the rights of wildlife to
                                                    environmental baseline (e.g., as                        Environmental Assessment (EA) was                     manage wildlife-human interactions and
                                                    reflected in the density/distribution and               difficult to find and recommends that                 suggests that this approach is consistent
                                                    status of the species, population size                  NMFS re-open the public comment                       with NEPA and the ability to provide a
                                                    and growth rate, and ambient noise).                    period for the EA as well as the Draft                ‘‘full and fair discussion’’ of the issues
                                                                                                            Recovery Plan for Cook Inlet belugas.                 and inform decision makes and the
                                                       Although caution is warranted for                       Response: NMFS posted a draft of the
                                                    noise-producing activities, especially in                                                                     public of the reasonable alternatives that
                                                                                                            EA on its Web site for public review:                 would avoid or minimize adverse
                                                    light of all of the other activities in Cook            http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
                                                    Inlet, NMFS does not agree that                                                                               impacts or enhance the quality of the
                                                                                                            incidental/energy_other.htm. On July                  human environment. 40 CFR 1502.1.
                                                    issuance of any Authorizations for take                 6th, the MMC notified NMFS that the                      Response: Consistent with the
                                                    of Cook Inlet beluga whales is                          documents were placed under ‘‘Other’’                 requirements of NEPA and CEQ’s
                                                    contradictory to recommendations in                     and not ‘‘Natural Gas’’ on the Web site.              implementing regulations, NMFS
                                                    the Draft Recovery Plan for this species.               Once notified, NMFS corrected the                     prepared an Environmental Assessment
                                                    NMFS is taking a cautious approach,                     error. During and after that time NMFS                prior to issuing an IHA to EMALL that
                                                    both in the context of this particular                  received no other communication from                  includes a comprehensive assessment of
                                                    project and Cook Inlet more broadly, to                 any persons or organizations requesting               the effects of this action and alternative
                                                    ensure that all impacts on beluga whales                to be directed to those documents or                  actions on the human environment,
                                                    are adequately analyzed and minimized.                  asking for clarification as to their                  including the impacts of the action and
                                                    For example, the shutdown of active                     location. Therefore, NMFS does not                    alternative actions on marine mammal
                                                    sound sources at the 160-dB disturbance                 believe the EA should be reopened for                 populations. While NMFS shares FAO’s
                                                    zone for beluga whales in Cook Inlet is                 public comment. The Draft Recovery                    concerns regarding the ethical treatment
                                                    a precautionary measure not used in                     Plan for Cook Inlet beluga whales is a                of animals, it is not possible to directly
                                                    other areas to ensure the minimization                  separate action and the reopening of its              address ethical treatment in the context
                                                    of behavioral harassment of belugas.                    comment period is not relevant to this                of incidental and unintended effects
                                                    Additionally, a precautionary approach                  Authorization.                                        (i.e., those authorized by this action), as
                                                    was taken in estimating the number of                      Comment 17: FOA comments that the                  any pain resulting from these impacts is
                                                    exposures from the proposed EMALL                       Marine Terminal area lies within beluga               far removed from any operator decisions
                                                    survey, which is likely an overestimate                 Critical Habitat. FOA also comments                   and is neither observable, measurable or
                                                    of individuals taken for reason                         that effects on habitat could include                 controllable. Instead, IHAs aim to
                                                    explained below in the ‘Take                            disturbance to prey from noise, and                   minimize actual adverse effects to
                                                    Estimation’’ section related to number of               disturbances to the environment from                  marine mammal individuals and
                                                    individuals taken versus instances of                   the platform’s legs and project                       populations.
                                                    exposure.                                               discharges from sampling activities.
                                                       More broadly, NMFS has announced                                                                           Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                                                                                               Response: The Federal Register notice
                                                    our intent to prepare an EIS to better                                                                        Area of the Specified Activity
                                                                                                            of the proposed Authorization analyzed
                                                    analyze cumulative impacts from                         potential effects to prey species and                    Marine mammals that regularly
                                                    potential increasing anthropogenic                      marine mammal habitat. The possibility                inhabit upper Cook Inlet and Nikiski
                                                    activities to Cook Inlet beluga whales. In              of adverse modification to Critical                   activity areas are the beluga whale
                                                    addition, cumulative effects were                       Habitat through reduction in prey                     (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
                                                    addressed in the EA and Biological                      species is addressed in the Biological                porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and
                                                    Opinion prepared for this action. The                   Opinion, which resulted in a finding of               harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Table 6).
                                                    cumulative effects section of the EA has                no adverse modification to critical                   However, these species are found there
                                                    been expanded from the draft EA to                      habitat.                                              in relatively low numbers, and generally
                                                    discuss potential effects in greater                       Comment 20: FOA comments that                      only during the summer fish runs
                                                    detail. These documents, as well as the                 issuance of an IHA to EMALL would                     (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al. 2012).
                                                    Alaska Marine Stock Assessments and                     violate the ESA because granting the                  Killer whales (Orcinus orca) are
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    the most recent abundance estimate for                  IHA would ‘‘appreciably reduce the                    occasionally observed in upper Cook
                                                    Cook Inlet beluga whales (Shelden et al,                likelihood of survival and recovery of                Inlet where they have been observed
                                                    2015), are part of NMFS’ Administrative                 species in the wild.’’                                attempting to prey on beluga whales
                                                    Record for this action, and provided the                   Response: NMFS disagrees with                      (Shelden et al. 2003). Based on a
                                                    decision maker with information                         FOA’s comment. NMFS Office of                         number of factors, Shelden et al. (2003)
                                                    regarding other activities in the action                Protected Resources (Permits and                      concluded that the killer whales found
                                                    area that affect marine mammals, an                     Conservation Division) initiated and                  in upper Cook Inlet to date are the
                                                    analysis of cumulative impacts, and                     engaged in formal consultation with                   transient type, while resident types


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    50996                                Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    occasionally enter lower Cook Inlet.                               whales (Eschrichtius robustus), minke                        Background information of species
                                                    Marine mammals occasionally found in                               whales (Balaenoptera acutorostrata),                         evaluated in this Authorization is
                                                    lower Cook Inlet include humpback                                  Dall’s porpoise (Phocoena dalli), and                        detailed in Table 1 below.
                                                    whales (Megaptera novaeangliae), gray                              Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus).

                                                                                            TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS INHABITING THE COOK INLET ACTION AREA
                                                                                                                                                 ESA/MMPA                Stock abundance
                                                                                                                                                  status 1;                                              Relative occurrence in Cook
                                                                   Species                                         Stock                          strategic            (CV, Nmin, most recent            Inlet; season of occurrence
                                                                                                                                                                        abundance survey) 2
                                                                                                                                                    (Y/N)

                                                    Killer whale ..............................   Alaska Resident .....................         -;N               2,347 (N/A; 2,084; 2009) ........     Occasionally sighted in Lower
                                                                                                  Alaska Transient .....................        -:N               345 (N/A; 303; 2003)                    Cook Inlet.
                                                    Beluga whale ...........................      Cook Inlet ...............................    E/D;Y             312 (0.10; 280; 2012) .............   Use upper Inlet in summer
                                                                                                                                                                                                          and lower in winter: annual.
                                                    Harbor porpoise ......................        Gulf of Alaska .........................      -;Y               31,046 (0.214; 25,987; 1998)          Widespread in the Inlet: an-
                                                                                                                                                                                                          nual (less in winter).
                                                    Harbor seal ..............................    Cook Inlet/Shelikof .................         -;N               22,900 (0.053; 21,896; 2006)          Frequently found in upper and
                                                                                                                                                                                                          lower inlet; annual (more in
                                                                                                                                                                                                          northern Inlet in summer).



                                                    Beluga Whale (Delphinapterus leucas)                               Angliss 2014), with the most recent                          area (but not necessarily specific G&G
                                                       The Cook Inlet beluga whale Distinct                            estimate at only 312 animals (Allen and                      survey locations; see Section 6.3 in the
                                                    Population Segment (DPS) is a small                                Angliss 2014). The NMFS listed the                           application) and the vicinity of the
                                                    geographically isolated population that                            population as ‘‘depleted’’ in 2000 as a                      proposed Marine Terminal. However,
                                                    is separated from other beluga                                     consequence of the decline, and as                           Cook Inlet beluga whales begin moving
                                                    populations by the Alaska Peninsula.                               ‘‘endangered’’ under the ESA in 2008                         into Knik Arm around August 15 where
                                                    The population is genetically (mtDNA)                              when the population failed to recover                        they spend about a month feeding on
                                                    distinct from other Alaska populations,                            following a moratorium on subsistence                        Eagle River salmon. The area between
                                                    suggesting that the Peninsula is an                                harvest. In April 2011, the NMFS                             Nikiski, Kenai, and Kalgin Island
                                                    effective barrier to genetic exchange                              designated critical habitat for the Cook                     provides important wintering habitat for
                                                    (O’Corry-Crowe et al. 1997) and that                               Inlet beluga whale under the ESA                             Cook Inlet beluga whales. Use of this
                                                    these whales may have been separated                               (Figure 2 in the application).                               area would be expected between fall
                                                    from other stocks at least since the last                             Prior to the decline, this DPS was                        and spring, with animals largely absent
                                                    ice age. Laidre et al. (2000) examined                             believed to range throughout Cook Inlet                      during the summer months when G&G
                                                    data from over 20 marine mammal                                    and occasionally into Prince William                         surveys would occur (Goetz et al. 2012).
                                                    surveys conducted in the northern Gulf                             Sound and Yakutat (Nemeth et al.
                                                                                                                       2007). However, the range has                                Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)
                                                    of Alaska and found that sightings of
                                                    belugas outside Cook Inlet were                                    contracted coincident with the                                  Two different stocks of killer whales
                                                    exceedingly rare, and these were                                   population reduction (Speckman and                           inhabit the Cook Inlet region of Alaska:
                                                    composed of a few stragglers from the                              Piatt 2000). During the summer and fall,                     The Alaska Resident Stock and the Gulf
                                                    Cook Inlet DPS observed at Kodiak                                  beluga whales are concentrated near the                      of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, Bering Sea
                                                    Island, Prince William Sound, and                                  Susitna River mouth, Knik Arm,                               Transient Stock (Allen and Angliss
                                                    Yakutat Bay. Several marine mammal                                 Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon Bay                            2014). The Alaska Resident killer whale
                                                    surveys specific to Cook Inlet (Laidre et                          (Nemeth et al. 2007) where they feed on                      stock is estimated at 2,347 animals and
                                                    al. 2000, Speckman and Piatt 2000),                                migrating eulachon (Thaleichthys                             occurs from Southeast Alaska to the
                                                    including those that concentrated on                               pacificus) and salmon (Onchorhynchus                         Bering Sea (Allen and Angliss 2014).
                                                    beluga whales (Rugh et al. 2000, 2005a),                           spp.) (Moore et al. 2000). The limits of                     Resident killer whales feed exclusively
                                                    clearly indicate that this stock largely                           Critical Habitat Area 1 reflect the                          on fish and are genetically distinct from
                                                    confines itself to Cook Inlet. There is no                         summer distribution (Figure 3 in the                         transient whales (Saulitis et al. 2000).
                                                    indication that these whales make                                  application). During the winter, beluga                         The transient killer whales feed
                                                    forays into the Bering Sea where they                              whales concentrate in deeper waters in                       primarily on marine mammals (Saulitis
                                                    might intermix with other Alaskan                                  the mid-inlet to Kalgin Island, and in                       et al. 2000). The transient population
                                                    stocks.                                                            the shallow waters along the west shore                      inhabiting the Gulf of Alaska shares
                                                       The Cook Inlet beluga DPS was                                   of Cook Inlet to Kamishak Bay. The                           mitochondrial DNA haplotypes with
                                                    originally estimated at 1,300 whales in                            limits of Critical Habitat Area 2 reflect                    whales found along the Aleutian Islands
                                                    1979 (Calkins 1989) and has been the                               the winter distribution. Some whales                         and the Bering Sea, suggesting a
                                                    focus of management concerns since                                 may also winter in and near Kachemak                         common stock, although there appears
                                                    experiencing a dramatic decline in the                             Bay.                                                         to be some subpopulation genetic
                                                    1990s. Between 1994 and 1998 the stock                                Goetz et al. (2012) modeled beluga                        structuring occurring to suggest the gene
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    declined 47%, which has been                                       use in Cook Inlet based on the NMFS                          flow between groups is limited (see
                                                    attributed to overharvesting by                                    aerial surveys conducted between 1994                        Allen and Angliss 2014). For the three
                                                    subsistence hunting. During that period,                           and 2008. The combined model results                         regions combined, the transient
                                                    subsistence hunting was estimated to                               shown in Figure 3 in the application                         population has been estimated at 587
                                                    have annually removed 10–15% of the                                indicate a very clumped distribution of                      animals (Allen and Angliss 2014).
                                                    population. Only five belugas have been                            summering beluga whales, and that                               Killer whales are occasionally
                                                    harvested since 1999, yet the population                           lower densities of belugas are expected                      observed in lower Cook Inlet, especially
                                                    has continued to decline (Allen and                                to occur in most of the pipeline survey                      near Homer and Port Graham (Shelden


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:09 Aug 20, 2015       Jkt 235001    PO 00000      Frm 00008        Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM    21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                           50997

                                                    et al. 2003, Rugh et al. 2005a). The few                encountered during G&G Program                        Humpback Whale (Megaptera
                                                    whales that have been photographically                  surveys in upper Cook Inlet.                          novaeangliae)
                                                    identified in lower Cook Inlet belong to                                                                         Although there is considerable
                                                    resident groups more commonly found                     Harbor Seal (Phoca vitulina)
                                                                                                                                                                  distributional overlap in the humpback
                                                    in nearby Kenai Fjords and Prince                          At over 150,000 animals state-wide                 whale stocks that use Alaska, the whales
                                                    William Sound (Shelden et al. 2003).                    (Allen and Angliss 2014), harbor seals                seasonally found in lower Cook Inlet are
                                                    Prior to the 1980s, killer whale sightings              are one of the more common marine                     probably of the Central North Pacific
                                                    in upper Cook Inlet were very rare.                     mammal species in Alaskan waters.                     stock. Listed as endangered under the
                                                    During aerial surveys conducted                         They are most commonly seen hauled                    ESA, this stock has recently been
                                                    between 1993 and 2004, killer whales                                                                          estimated at 7,469, with the portion of
                                                                                                            out at tidal flats and rocky areas. Harbor
                                                    were observed on only three flights, all                                                                      the stock that feeds in the Gulf of Alaska
                                                                                                            seals feed largely on schooling fish such
                                                    in the Kachemak and English Bay area                                                                          estimated at 2,845 animals (Allen and
                                                                                                            as Alaska Pollock, Pacific cod, salmon,
                                                    (Rugh et al. 2005a). However, anecdotal                                                                       Angliss 2014). The Central North Pacific
                                                    reports of killer whales feeding on                     Pacific herring, eulachon, and squid.
                                                                                                            Although harbor seals may make                        stock winters in Hawaii and summers
                                                    belugas in upper Cook Inlet began                                                                             from British Columbia to the Aleutian
                                                    increasing in the 1990s, possibly in                    seasonal movements in response to
                                                                                                            prey, they are resident to Alaska and do              Islands (Calambokidis et al. 1997),
                                                    response to declines in sea lion and                                                                          including Cook Inlet.
                                                    harbor seal prey elsewhere (Shelden et                  not migrate.
                                                                                                                                                                     Humpback use of Cook Inlet is largely
                                                    al. 2003). These sporadic ventures of                      The Cook Inlet/Shelikof Stock,                     confined to lower Cook Inlet. They have
                                                    transient killer whales into beluga                     ranging from approximately Anchorage                  been regularly seen near Kachemak Bay
                                                    summering grounds have been                             down along the south side of the Alaska               during the summer months (Rugh et al.
                                                    implicated as a possible contributor to                 Peninsula to Unimak Pass, has been                    2005a), and there is a whale-watching
                                                    the decline of Cook Inlet belugas in the                recently estimated at a stable 22,900                 venture in Homer capitalizing on this
                                                    1990s, although the number of                           (Allen and Angliss 2014). Large                       seasonal event. There are anecdotal
                                                    confirmed mortalities from killer whales                numbers concentrate at the river mouths               observations of humpback whales as far
                                                    is small (Shelden et al. 2003). If killer               and embayments of lower Cook Inlet,                   north as Anchor Point, with recent
                                                    whales were to venture into upper Cook                  including the Fox River mouth in                      summer observations extending to Cape
                                                    Inlet in 2015, they might be encountered                Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al. 2005a).                     Starichkof (Owl Ridge 2014). Because of
                                                    during the G&G Program.                                 Montgomery et al. (2007) recorded over                the southern distribution of humpbacks
                                                    Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)                     200 haulout sites in lower Cook Inlet                 in Cook Inlet, it is unlikely that they
                                                                                                            alone. However, only a few dozen to a                 will be encountered during this activity
                                                       Harbor porpoise are small                            couple hundred seals seasonally occur                 in close enough proximity to cause
                                                    (approximately 1.2 m [4 ft] in length),                 in upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a),              Level B harassment. Therefore, no take
                                                    relatively inconspicuous toothed                        mostly at the mouth of the Susitna River              is authorized for humpback whales.
                                                    whales. The Gulf of Alaska Stock is                     where their numbers vary with the
                                                    distributed from Cape Suckling to                                                                             Gray Whale (Eschrichtius robustus)
                                                                                                            spring eulachon and summer salmon
                                                    Unimak Pass and was most recently                                                                               Each spring, the Eastern North Pacific
                                                                                                            runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al.
                                                    estimated at 31,046 animals (Allen and                                                                        stock of gray whale migrates 8,000
                                                                                                            2012). Review of NMFS aerial survey
                                                    Angliss 2014). They are found primarily                                                                       kilometers (5,000 miles) northward from
                                                                                                            data collected from 1993–2012 (Shelden
                                                    in coastal waters less than 100 m (328                                                                        breeding lagoons in Baja California to
                                                    ft) deep (Hobbs and Waite 2010) where                   et al. 2013) finds that the annual high
                                                                                                                                                                  feeding grounds in the Bering and
                                                    they feed on Pacific herring (Clupea                    counts of seals hauled out in Cook Inlet
                                                                                                                                                                  Chukchi seas, reversing their travel
                                                    pallasii), other schooling fishes, and                  ranged from about 100–380, with most
                                                                                                                                                                  again in the fall (Rice and Wolman
                                                    cephalopods.                                            of these animals hauling out at the
                                                                                                                                                                  1971). Their migration route is for the
                                                                                                            mouths of the Theodore and Lewis
                                                       Although they have been frequently                                                                         most part coastal until they reach the
                                                                                                            Rivers. There are certainly thousands of              feeding grounds. A small portion of
                                                    observed during aerial surveys in Cook
                                                    Inlet, most sightings of harbor porpoise                harbor seals occurring in lower Cook                  whales do not annually complete the
                                                    are of single animals, and are                          Inlet, but no references have been found              full circuit, as small numbers can be
                                                    concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni                    showing more than about 400 harbor                    found in the summer feeding along the
                                                    bays on the west side of lower Cook                     seals occurring seasonally in upper                   Oregon, Washington, British Columbia,
                                                    Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a). Dahlheim et al.              Cook Inlet. In 2012, up to 100 harbor                 and Alaskan coasts (Rice et al. 1984,
                                                    (2000) estimated the 1991 Cook Inlet-                   seals were observed hauled out at the                 Moore et al. 2007).
                                                    wide population at only 136 animals.                    mouths of the Theodore and Lewis                        Human exploitation reduced this
                                                    Also, during marine mammal                              rivers (located about 16 km [10 mi]                   stock to an estimated ‘‘few thousand’’
                                                    monitoring efforts conducted in upper                   northeast of the pipeline survey area)                animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002).
                                                    Cook Inlet by Apache from 2012 to                       during monitoring activity associated                 However, by the late 1980s, the stock
                                                    2014, harbor porpoise represented less                  with Apache’s 2012 Cook Inlet seismic                 was appearing to reach carrying
                                                    than 2% of all marine mammal                            program, and harbor seals constituted                 capacity and estimated to be at 26,600
                                                    sightings. However, they are one of the                 60 percent of all marine mammal                       animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). By
                                                    three marine mammals (besides belugas                   sightings by Apache observers during                  2002, that stock had been reduced to
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    and harbor seals) regularly seen in                     2012 to 2014 survey and monitoring                    about 16,000 animals, especially
                                                    upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007),                  efforts (L. Parker, Apache, pers. comm.).             following unusually high mortality
                                                    especially during spring eulachon and                   Montgomery et al. (2007) also found                   events in 1999 and 2000 (Allen and
                                                    summer salmon runs. Because harbor                      that seals elsewhere in Cook Inlet move               Angliss 2014). The stock has continued
                                                    porpoise have been observed throughout                  in response to local steelhead                        to grow since then and is currently
                                                    Cook Inlet during the summer months,                    (Onchorhynchus mykiss) and salmon                     estimated at 19,126 animals with a
                                                    including mid-inlet waters, they                        runs. Harbor seals may be encountered                 minimum estimate of 18,017 (Carretta et
                                                    represent species that might be                         during G&G surveys in Cook Inlet.                     al. 2013). Most gray whales migrate past


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    50998                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    the mouth of Cook Inlet to and from                     concentration of sightings of Dall’s                  profiler chirper and boomer, vibracore)
                                                    northern feeding grounds. However,                      porpoise in a southerly part of the Inlet             of the specified activity may impact
                                                    small numbers of summering gray                         suggest it is unlikely they will be                   marine mammals. The ‘‘Estimated Take
                                                    whales have been noted by fisherman                     encountered during EMALL’s activities.                by Incidental Harassment’’ section later
                                                    near Kachemak Bay and north of                          Therefore, no take of Dall’s porpoise is              in this document will include a
                                                    Anchor Point. Further, summering gray                   authorized.                                           quantitative analysis of the number of
                                                    whales were seen offshore of Cape                                                                             individuals that NMFS expects to be
                                                                                                            Steller Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus)
                                                    Starichkof by marine mammal observers                                                                         taken by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible
                                                    monitoring Buccaneer’s Cosmopolitan                        The Western Stock of the Steller sea               Impact Analysis’’ section will include
                                                    drilling program in 2013 (Owl Ridge                     lion is defined as all populations west               the analysis of how this specific
                                                    2014). Regardless, gray whales are not                  of longitude 144° W. to the western end               proposed activity would impact marine
                                                    expected to be encountered in upper                     of the Aleutian Islands. The most recent              mammals and will consider the content
                                                    Cook Inlet, where the activity is                       estimate for this stock is 45,649 animals             of this section, the ‘‘Estimated Take by
                                                    concentrated, north of Kachemak Bay.                    (Allen and Angliss 2014), considerably                Incidental Harassment’’ section, the
                                                    Therefore, it is unlikely that they will be             less than that estimated 140,000 animals              ‘‘Mitigation’’ section, and the
                                                    encountered during this activity in close               in the 1950s (Merrick et al. 1987).                   ‘‘Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
                                                    enough proximity to cause Level B                       Because of this dramatic decline, the                 Habitat’’ section to draw conclusions
                                                    harassment and are not considered                       stock was listed under the ESA as a                   regarding the likely impacts of this
                                                    further in this final Authorization                     threatened DPS in 1990, and relisted as               activity on the reproductive success or
                                                    notice.                                                 endangered in 1997. Critical habitat was              survivorship of individuals and from
                                                                                                            designated in 1993, and is defined as a               that on the affected marine mammal
                                                    Minke Whale (Balaenoptera                               20-nautical-mile radius around all major
                                                    acutorostrata)                                                                                                populations or stocks.
                                                                                                            rookeries and haulout sites. The 20-                     NMFS intends to provide a
                                                       Minke whales are the smallest of the                 nautical-mile buffer was established
                                                                                                                                                                  background of potential effects of
                                                    rorqual group of baleen whales reaching                 based on telemetry data that indicated
                                                                                                                                                                  EMALL’s activities in this section.
                                                    lengths of up to 35 feet. They are also                 these sea lions concentrated their
                                                                                                                                                                  Operating active acoustic sources have
                                                    the most common of the baleen whales,                   summer foraging effort within this
                                                                                                                                                                  the potential for adverse effects on
                                                    although there are no population                        distance of rookeries and haul outs.
                                                                                                               Steller sea lions inhabit lower Cook               marine mammals. The majority of
                                                    estimates for the North Pacific, although
                                                                                                            Inlet, especially in the vicinity of Shaw             anticipated impacts would be from the
                                                    estimates have been made for some
                                                                                                            Island and Elizabeth Island (Nagahut                  use of active acoustic sources.
                                                    portions of Alaska. Zerbini et al. (2006)
                                                    estimated the coastal population                        Rocks) haulout sites (Rugh et al. 2005a),             Acoustic Impacts
                                                    between Kenai Fjords and the Aleutian                   but are rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet
                                                                                                                                                                     When considering the influence of
                                                    Islands at 1,233 animals.                               (Nemeth et al. 2007). Of the 42 Steller
                                                       During Cook Inlet-wide aerial surveys                                                                      various kinds of sound on the marine
                                                                                                            sea lion groups recorded during Cook
                                                    conducted from 1993 to 2004, minke                                                                            environment, it is necessary to
                                                                                                            Inlet aerial surveys between 1993 and
                                                    whales were encountered only twice                                                                            understand that different kinds of
                                                                                                            2004, none were recorded north of
                                                    (1998, 1999), both times off Anchor                                                                           marine life are sensitive to different
                                                                                                            Anchor Point and only one in the
                                                    Point 16 miles northwest of Homer.                                                                            frequencies of sound. Current data
                                                                                                            vicinity of Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al.
                                                    Recently, several minke whales were                                                                           indicate that not all marine mammal
                                                                                                            2005a). Marine mammal observers
                                                    recorded off Cape Starichkof in early                                                                         species have equal hearing capabilities
                                                                                                            associated with Buccaneer’s drilling
                                                    summer 2013 during exploratory                                                                                (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al.,
                                                                                                            project off Cape Starichkof did observe
                                                    drilling conducted there (Owl Ridge                                                                           1997; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and
                                                                                                            seven Steller sea lions during the
                                                    2014). There are no records north of                                                                          Hastings, 2008).
                                                                                                            summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014).
                                                    Cape Starichkof, and this species is                       The upper reaches of Cook Inlet may                   Southall et al. (2007) designated
                                                    unlikely to be seen in upper Cook Inlet.                not provide adequate foraging                         ‘‘functional hearing groups’’ for marine
                                                    There is little chance of encountering a                conditions for sea lions for establishing             mammals based on available behavioral
                                                    minke whale during these activities.                    a major haul out presence. Steller sea                data; audiograms derived from auditory
                                                    Therefore, no take of minke whales is                   lions feed largely on walleye pollock,                evoked potentials; anatomical modeling;
                                                    authorized.                                             salmon and arrowtooth flounder during                 and other data. Southall et al. (2007)
                                                                                                            the summer, and walleye pollock and                   also estimated the lower and upper
                                                    Dall’s Porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli)                                                                          frequencies of functional hearing for
                                                                                                            Pacific cod during the winter (Sinclair
                                                      Dall’s porpoise are widely distributed                and Zeppelin 2002), none of which,                    each group. However, animals are less
                                                    throughout the North Pacific Ocean                      except for salmon, are found in                       sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of
                                                    including Alaska, although they are not                 abundance in upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth                 their functional hearing range and are
                                                    found in upper Cook Inlet and the                       et al. 2007). Steller sea lions are unlikely          more sensitive to a range of frequencies
                                                    shallower waters of the Bering, Chukchi,                to be encountered during operations in                within the middle of their functional
                                                    and Beaufort Seas (Allen and Angliss                    upper Cook Inlet, as they are primarily               hearing range.
                                                    2014). Compared to harbor porpoise,                     encountered along the Kenai Peninsula,                   The functional groups and the
                                                    Dall’s porpoise prefer the deep offshore                especially closer to Anchor Point.                    associated frequencies are:
                                                    and shelf slope waters. The Alaskan                                                                              • Low frequency cetaceans (13
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                            Therefore, no take of Steller sea lion is
                                                    population has been estimated at 83,400                 authorized.                                           species of mysticetes): Functional
                                                    animals (Allen and Angliss 2014),                                                                             hearing estimates occur between
                                                    making it one of the more common                        Potential Effects of the Specified                    approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 25 kHz
                                                    cetaceans in the state. Dall’s porpoise                 Activity on Marine Mammals and Their                  (extended from 22 kHz based on data
                                                    have been observed in lower Cook Inlet,                 Habitat                                               indicating that some mysticetes can hear
                                                    including Kachemak Bay and near                           This section includes a summary and                 above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi
                                                    Anchor Point (Owl Ridge 2014), but                      discussion of the ways that components                and Stein, 2007; Ketten and Mountain,
                                                    sightings there are rare. The                           (seismic airgun operations, sub-bottom                2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                           50999

                                                       • Mid-frequency cetaceans (32               environment are relatively rare.                               responsiveness to boat traffic and some
                                                    species of dolphins, six species of larger     Richardson et al. (1995) defined                               other acoustic sources (Richardson, et
                                                    toothed whales, and 19 species of              tolerance as the occurrence of marine                          al., 1995; Southall, et al., 2007). In
                                                    beaked and bottlenose whales):                 mammals in areas where they are                                contrast, the authors reported that gray
                                                    Functional hearing estimates occur             exposed to human activities or                                 whales seemed to tolerate exposures to
                                                    between approximately 150 Hz and 160           manmade noise. In many cases,                                  sound up to approximately 170 dB re:
                                                    kHz;                                           tolerance develops by the animal                               1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006) and
                                                       • High-frequency cetaceans (eight           habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the                         Dall’s porpoises occupied and tolerated
                                                    species of true porpoises, six species of      gradual waning of responses to a                               areas receiving exposures of 170–180 dB
                                                    river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,        repeated or ongoing stimulus)                                  re: 1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006;
                                                    and four species of cephalorhynchids):         (Richardson, et al., 1995), but because of                     Parsons, et al., 2009). The authors
                                                    Functional hearing estimates occur             ecological or physiological                                    observed several gray whales that
                                                    between approximately 200 Hz and 180           requirements, many marine animals                              moved away from the airguns toward
                                                    kHz; and                                       may need to remain in areas where they                         deeper water where sound levels were
                                                       • Pinnipeds in water: Phocid (true          are exposed to chronic stimuli                                 higher due to propagation effects
                                                    seals) functional hearing estimates occur      (Richardson, et al., 1995).                                    resulting in higher noise exposures
                                                    between approximately 75 Hz and 100               Numerous studies have shown that                            (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, it
                                                    kHz (Hemila et al., 2006; Mulsow et al.,       pulsed sounds from airguns are often                           is unclear whether their movements
                                                    2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and              readily detectable in the water at                             reflected a response to the sounds (Bain
                                                    otariid (seals and sea lions) functional       distances of many kilometers. Several                          and Williams, 2006). Thus, the authors
                                                    hearing estimates occur between                studies have also shown that marine                            surmised that the lack of gray whale
                                                    approximately 100 Hz to 40 kHz.                mammals at distances of more than a                            responses to higher received sound
                                                       As mentioned previously in this             few kilometers from operating seismic                          levels were ambiguous at best because
                                                    document, Cook Inlet beluga whales,            vessels often show no apparent                                 one expects the species to be the most
                                                    harbor porpoise, killer whales, and            response. That is often true even in                           sensitive to the low-frequency sound
                                                    harbor seals (3 odontocetes and 1              cases when the pulsed sounds must be                           emanating from the airguns (Bain and
                                                    phocid) would likely occur in the action       readily audible to the animals based on                        Williams, 2006).
                                                    area. Table 2 presents the classification      measured received levels and the                                  Pirotta et al., (2014) observed short-
                                                    of these species into their respective         hearing sensitivity of the marine                              term responses of harbor porpoises to a
                                                    functional hearing group. NMFS                 mammal group. Although various                                 two-dimensional (2–D) seismic survey
                                                    consider a species’ functional hearing         baleen whales and toothed whales, and                          in an enclosed bay in northeast Scotland
                                                    group when analyzing the effects of            (less frequently) pinnipeds have been                          which did not result in broad-scale
                                                    exposure to sound on marine mammals.           shown to react behaviorally to airgun                          displacement. The harbor porpoises that
                                                                                                   pulses under some conditions, at other                         remained in the enclosed bay area
                                                     TABLE 2—CLASSIFICATION OF MARINE times marine mammals of all three types                                     reduced their buzzing activity by 15
                                                       MAMMALS THAT COULD POTEN- have shown no overt reactions (Stone,                                            percent during the seismic survey
                                                       TIALLY OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Moulton                                         (Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors
                                                                                                   et al. 2005, 2006) and (MacLean and                            suggest that animals exposed to
                                                       ACTIVITY AREA IN COOK INLET, Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006).                                        anthropogenic disturbance may make
                                                       2015 BY FUNCTIONAL HEARING                     Weir (2008) observed marine mammal                          trade-offs between perceived risks and
                                                       GROUP                                       responses to seismic pulses from a 24                          the cost of leaving disturbed areas
                                                                 [Southall et al., 2007]           airgun array firing a total volume of                          (Pirotta, et al., 2014).
                                                                                                   either 5,085 in3 or 3,147 in3 in Angolan
                                                    Mid-Frequency Hear-       Beluga whale, killer waters between August 2004 and May                             Masking
                                                      ing Range.                 whale.            2005. Weir (2008) recorded a total of                             Marine mammals use acoustic signals
                                                    High Frequency Hear- Harbor porpoise.          207 sightings of humpback whales (n =                          for a variety of purposes, which differ
                                                      ing Range.                                   66), sperm whales (n = 124), and                               among species, but include
                                                    Pinnipeds in Water        Harbor seal.         Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and                         communication between individuals,
                                                      Hearing Range.                                                                                              navigation, foraging, reproduction,
                                                                                                   reported that there were no significant
                                                                                                   differences in encounter rates (sightings                      avoiding predators, and learning about
                                                    1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on per hour) for humpback and sperm                                     their environment (Erbe and Farmer,
                                                    Marine Mammals                                 whales according to the airgun array’s                         2000; Tyack, 2000).
                                                       The effects of sounds from airgun           operational status (i.e., active versus                           The term masking refers to the
                                                    operations might include one or more of silent).                                                              inability of an animal to recognize the
                                                    the following: Tolerance, masking of              Bain and Williams (2006) examined                           occurrence of an acoustic stimulus
                                                    natural sounds, behavioral disturbance,        the effects of a large airgun array                            because of interference of another
                                                    temporary or permanent impairment, or (maximum total discharge volume of                                      acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009).
                                                    non-auditory physical or physiological         1,100 in 3) on six species in shallow                          Thus, masking is the obscuring of
                                                    effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon       waters  off British Columbia and                               sounds of interest by other sounds, often
                                                    et al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007;            Washington: Harbor seal, California sea                        at similar frequencies. It is a
                                                                                                   lion, Steller sea lion, gray whale, Dall’s                     phenomenon that affects animals that
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Southall et al., 2007). The effects of
                                                    noise on marine mammals are highly             porpoise, and harbor porpoise. Harbor                          are trying to receive acoustic
                                                    variable, often depending on species           porpoises showed reactions at received                         information about their environment,
                                                    and contextual factors (based on               levels less than 155 dB re: 1 mPa at a                         including sounds from other members
                                                    Richardson et al., 1995).                      distance of greater than 70 km (43 mi)                         of their species, predators, prey, and
                                                                                                   from the seismic source (Bain and                              sounds that allow them to orient in their
                                                    Tolerance                                      Williams, 2006). However, the tendency                         environment. Masking these acoustic
                                                       Studies on marine mammals’                  for greater responsiveness by harbor                           signals can disturb the behavior of
                                                    tolerance to sound in the natural              porpoise is consistent with their relative                     individual animals, groups of animals,


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51000                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    or entire populations in certain                        ranged from 88 to 110 dB re: 1 mPa                    signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of
                                                    circumstances.                                          (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors                    higher frequency hearing by the
                                                       Introduced underwater sound may,                     hypothesized that individuals did not                 bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and
                                                    through masking, reduce the effective                   leave the area but instead ceased singing             killer whale, empirical evidence
                                                    communication distance of a marine                      and noted that the duration and                       confirms that masking depends strongly
                                                    mammal species if the frequency of the                  frequency range of the OAWRS signals                  on the relative directions of arrival of
                                                    source is close to that used as a signal                (a novel sound to the whales) were                    sound signals and the masking noise
                                                    by the marine mammal, and if the                        similar to those of natural humpback                  (Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990;
                                                    anthropogenic sound is present for a                    whale song components used during                     Bain et al., 1993; Bain and Dahlheim,
                                                    significant fraction of the time                        mating (Risch et al., 2012). Thus, the                1994). Toothed whales and probably
                                                    (Richardson et al., 1995).                              novelty of the sound to humpback                      other marine mammals as well, have
                                                       Marine mammals are thought to be                     whales in the study area provided a                   additional capabilities besides
                                                    able to compensate for masking by                       compelling contextual probability for                 directional hearing that can facilitate
                                                    adjusting their acoustic behavior                       the observed effects (Risch et al., 2012).            detection of sounds in the presence of
                                                    through shifting call frequencies,                      However, the authors did not state or                 background noise. There is evidence
                                                    increasing call volume, and increasing                  imply that these changes had long-term                that some toothed whales can shift the
                                                    vocalization rates. For example in one                  effects on individual animals or                      dominant frequencies of their
                                                    study, blue whales increased call rates                 populations (Risch et al., 2012).                     echolocation signals from a frequency
                                                    when exposed to noise from seismic                         Several studies have also reported                 range with a lot of ambient noise toward
                                                    surveys in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di                 hearing dolphins and porpoises calling                frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,
                                                    Iorio and Clark, 2010). Other studies                   while airguns were operating (e.g.,                   1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990;
                                                    reported that some North Atlantic right                 Gordon et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004;            Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko
                                                    whales exposed to high shipping noise                   Holst et al., 2005a, b; and Potter et al.,            and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A
                                                    increased call frequency (Parks et al.,                 2007). The sounds important to small                  few marine mammal species increase
                                                    2007) and some humpback whales                          odontocetes are predominantly at much                 the source levels or alter the frequency
                                                    responded to low-frequency active sonar                 higher frequencies than the dominant                  of their calls in the presence of elevated
                                                    playbacks by increasing song length                     components of airgun sounds, thus                     sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993;
                                                    (Miller et al., 2000). Additionally,                    limiting the potential for masking in                 Lesage et al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999;
                                                    beluga whales change their                              those species.                                        Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007,
                                                    vocalizations in the presence of high                      Although some degree of masking is                 2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et
                                                    background noise possibly to avoid                      inevitable when high levels of manmade                al., 2009).
                                                    masking calls (Au et al., 1985; Lesage et               broadband sounds are present in the                      These data demonstrating adaptations
                                                    al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).                     sea, marine mammals have evolved                      for reduced masking pertain mainly to
                                                       Studies have shown that some baleen                  systems and behavior that function to                 the very high frequency echolocation
                                                    and toothed whales continue calling in                  reduce the impacts of masking.                        signals of toothed whales. There is less
                                                    the presence of seismic pulses, and                     Odontocete conspecifics may readily                   information about the existence of
                                                    some researchers have heard these calls                 detect structured signals, such as the                corresponding mechanisms at moderate
                                                    between the seismic pulses (e.g.,                       echolocation click sequences of small                 or low frequencies or in other types of
                                                    McDonald et al., 1995; Greene et al.,                   toothed whales even in the presence of                marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva
                                                    1999; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Smultea et                 strong background noise because their                 et al. (1980) found that, for the
                                                    al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b,                  frequency content and temporal features               bottlenose dolphin, the angular
                                                    2006; and Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).                    usually differ strongly from those of the             separation between a sound source and
                                                       In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006)                 background noise (Au and Moore, 1988,                 a masking noise source had little effect
                                                    reported that fin whales in the northeast               1990). The components of background                   on the degree of masking when the
                                                    Pacific Ocean went silent for an                        noise that are similar in frequency to the            sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast
                                                    extended period starting soon after the                 sound signal in question primarily                    to the pronounced effect at higher
                                                    onset of a seismic survey in the area.                  determine the degree of masking of that               frequencies. Studies have noted
                                                    Similarly, NMFS is aware of one report                  signal.                                               directional hearing at frequencies as low
                                                    that observed sperm whales ceased calls                    Redundancy and context can also                    as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine
                                                    when exposed to pulses from a very                      facilitate detection of weak signals.                 mammals, including killer whales
                                                    distant seismic ship (Bowles et al.,                    These phenomena may help marine                       (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability
                                                    1994). However, more recent studies                     mammals detect weak sounds in the                     may be useful in reducing masking at
                                                    have found that sperm whales                            presence of natural or manmade noise.                 these frequencies. In summary, high
                                                    continued calling in the presence of                    Most masking studies in marine                        levels of sound generated by
                                                    seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 2002;                    mammals present the test signal and the               anthropogenic activities may act to
                                                    Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004;               masking noise from the same direction.                mask the detection of weaker
                                                    Holst et al., 2006; and Jochens et al.,                 The sound localization abilities of                   biologically important sounds by some
                                                    2008).                                                  marine mammals suggest that, if signal                marine mammals. This masking may be
                                                       Risch et al., (2012) documented                      and noise come from different                         more prominent for lower frequencies.
                                                    reductions in humpback whale                            directions, masking would not be as                   For higher frequencies, such as that
                                                    vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank                    severe as the usual types of masking
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                  used in echolocation by toothed whales,
                                                    National Marine Sanctuary concurrent                    studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,             several mechanisms are available that
                                                    with transmissions of the Ocean                         1995). The dominant background noise                  may allow them to reduce the effects of
                                                    Acoustic Waveguide Remote Sensing                       may be highly directional if it comes                 such masking.
                                                    (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor                       from a particular anthropogenic source
                                                    system at distances of 200 km (124 mi)                  such as a ship or industrial site.                    Behavioral Disturbance
                                                    from the source. The recorded OAWRS                     Directional hearing may significantly                   Marine mammals may behaviorally
                                                    produced series of frequency modulated                  reduce the masking effects of these                   react to sound when exposed to
                                                    pulses and the signal received levels                   sounds by improving the effective                     anthropogenic noise. Reactions to


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                          51001

                                                    sound, if any, depend on species, state                 al., 2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004;                     2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Moulton and
                                                    of maturity, experience, current activity,              Richardson, et al., 1986; Smultea et al.,             Miller, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006;
                                                    reproductive state, time of day, and                    2004).                                                Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker,
                                                    many other factors (Richardson et al.,                     Baleen Whales: Studies have shown                  2006; Potter et al., 2007; Hauser et al.,
                                                    1995; D’Spain & Wartzok, 2004;                          that underwater sounds from seismic                   2008; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir,
                                                    Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).                 activities are often readily detectable by            2008; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Richardson
                                                       Types of behavioral reactions can                    baleen whales in the water at distances               et al., 2009; Moulton and Holst, 2010).
                                                    include the following: changing                         of many kilometers (Castellote et al.,                Reactions of toothed whales to large
                                                    durations of surfacing and dives,                       2012 for fin whales).                                 arrays of airguns are variable and, at
                                                    number of blows per surfacing, or                          Observers have seen various species                least for delphinids, seem to be confined
                                                    moving direction and/or speed;                          of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, fin, and                  to a smaller radius than has been
                                                    reduced/increased vocal activities;                     minke whales) in areas ensonified by                  observed for mysticetes.
                                                    changing/cessation of certain behavioral                airgun pulses (Stone, 2003; MacLean                      Observers stationed on seismic
                                                    activities (such as socializing or                      and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker,                    vessels operating off the United
                                                    feeding); visible startle response or                   2006), and have localized calls from                  Kingdom from 1997–2000 have
                                                    aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke                 blue and fin whales in areas with airgun              provided data on the occurrence and
                                                    slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of                 operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995;              behavior of various toothed whales
                                                    areas where noise sources are located;                  Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; Castellote                  exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;
                                                    and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds                et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on              Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note
                                                    flushing into water from haulouts or                    seismic vessels off the United Kingdom                that killer whales were significantly
                                                    rookeries).                                             from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during                farther from large airgun arrays during
                                                       The biological significance of many of               times of good visibility, sighting rates              periods of active airgun operations
                                                    these behavioral disturbances is difficult              for mysticetes (mainly fin and sei                    compared with periods of silence. The
                                                    to predict, especially if the detected                  whales) were similar when large arrays                displacement of the median distance
                                                    disturbances appear minor. However,                     of airguns were shooting versus silent                from the array was approximately 0.5
                                                    one could expect the consequences of                    (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006).                km (0.3 mi) or more. Killer whales also
                                                    behavioral modification to be                           However, these whales tended to exhibit               appear to be more tolerant of seismic
                                                    biologically significant if the change                  localized avoidance, remaining                        shooting in deeper water (Stone, 2003;
                                                    affects growth, survival, and/or                        significantly further (on average) from               Gordon et al., 2004).
                                                    reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder,                 the airgun array during seismic                          The beluga may be a species that (at
                                                    2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of                      operations compared with non-seismic                  least in certain geographic areas) shows
                                                    behavioral modifications that could                     periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).                     long-distance avoidance of seismic
                                                    impact growth, survival, or                                Ship-based monitoring studies of                   vessels. Aerial surveys during seismic
                                                    reproduction include:                                   baleen whales (including blue, fin, sei,              operations in the southeastern Beaufort
                                                       • Drastic changes in diving/surfacing                minke, and humpback whales) in the                    Sea recorded much lower sighting rates
                                                    patterns (such as those associated with                 northwest Atlantic found that overall,                of beluga whales within 10–20 km (6.2–
                                                    beaked whale stranding related to                       this group had lower sighting rates                   12.4 mi) of an active seismic vessel.
                                                    exposure to military mid-frequency                      during seismic versus non-seismic                     These results were consistent with the
                                                    tactical sonar);                                        periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The                low number of beluga sightings reported
                                                       • Permanent habitat abandonment                      authors observed that baleen whales as                by observers aboard the seismic vessel,
                                                    due to loss of desirable acoustic                       a group were significantly farther from               suggesting that some belugas might have
                                                    environment; and                                        the vessel during seismic compared                    been avoiding the seismic operations at
                                                       • Disruption of feeding or social                    with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the               distances of 10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi)
                                                    interaction resulting in significant                    authors observed that the whales swam                 (Miller et al., 2005).
                                                    energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or                 away more often from the operating
                                                    cow-calf separation.                                    seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst,                    Delphinids
                                                       The onset of behavioral disturbance                  2010). Initial sightings of blue and                     Seismic operators and protected
                                                    from anthropogenic noise depends on                     minke whales were significantly farther               species observers (observers) on seismic
                                                    both external factors (characteristics of               from the vessel during seismic                        vessels regularly see dolphins and other
                                                    noise sources and their paths) and the                  operations compared to non-seismic                    small toothed whales near operating
                                                    receiving animals (hearing, motivation,                 periods and the authors observed the                  airgun arrays, but in general there is a
                                                    experience, demography) and is also                     same trend for fin whales (Moulton and                tendency for most delphinids to show
                                                    difficult to predict (Richardson et al.,                Holst, 2010). Also, the authors observed              some avoidance of operating seismic
                                                    1995; Southall et al., 2007). Many                      that minke whales most often swam                     vessels (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;
                                                    studies have also shown that marine                     away from the vessel when seismic                     Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone,
                                                    mammals at distances more than a few                    operations were underway (Moulton                     2003; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst
                                                    kilometers away often show no apparent                  and Holst, 2010).                                     et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006;
                                                    response when exposed to seismic                           Toothed Whales: Few systematic data                Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009;
                                                    activities (e.g., Madsen & Mohl, 2000 for               are available describing reactions of                 Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and
                                                    sperm whales; Malme et al., 1983, 1984                  toothed whales to noise pulses.                       Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be
                                                    for gray whales; and Richardson et al.,                 However, systematic work on sperm                     attracted to the seismic vessel and
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    1986 for bowhead whales). Other                         whales is underway (e.g., Gordon et al.,              floats, and some ride the bow wave of
                                                    studies have shown that marine                          2006; Madsen et al., 2006; Winsor and                 the seismic vessel even when large
                                                    mammals continue important behaviors                    Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller              arrays of airguns are firing (e.g.,
                                                    in the presence of seismic pulses (e.g.,                et al., 2009) and there is an increasing              Moulton and Miller, 2005). Nonetheless,
                                                    Dunn & Hernandez, 2009 for blue                         amount of information about responses                 there have been indications that small
                                                    whales; Greene Jr. et al., 1999 for                     of various odontocetes, including killer              toothed whales sometimes move away
                                                    bowhead whales; Holst and Beland,                       whales and belugas, to seismic surveys                or maintain a somewhat greater distance
                                                    2010; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Holst et                 based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone,             from the vessel when a large array of


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51002                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    airguns is operating than when it is                    as the operating airgun array passed by               sensory cells, residual muscular activity
                                                    silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Stone and               the animals. Seal sighting rates at the               in the middle ear, displacement of
                                                    Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008; Moulton and                   water surface were lower during airgun                certain inner ear membranes, increased
                                                    Holst, 2010). In most cases, the                        array operations than during no-airgun                blood flow, and post-stimulatory
                                                    avoidance radii for delphinids appear to                periods in each survey year except 1997.              reduction in both efferent and sensory
                                                    be small, on the order of one km or less,               Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of           neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
                                                    and some individuals show no apparent                   pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices               The amplitude, duration, frequency,
                                                    avoidance.                                              (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and                 temporal pattern, and energy
                                                       Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited                Curry, 1994; Richardson et al., 1995).                distribution of sound exposure all can
                                                    changes in behavior when exposed to                     However, initial telemetry work                       affect the amount of associated TS and
                                                    strong pulsed sounds similar in                         suggests that avoidance and other                     the frequency range in which it occurs.
                                                    duration to those typically used in                     behavioral reactions by two other                     As amplitude and duration of sound
                                                    seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000,                 species of seals to small airgun sources              exposure increase, so, generally, does
                                                    2002, 2005). However, the animals                       may at times be stronger than evident to              the amount of TS, along with the
                                                    tolerated high received levels of sound                 date from visual studies of pinniped                  recovery time. For intermittent sounds,
                                                    (pk–pk level >200 dB re 1 mPa) before                   reactions to airguns (Thompson et al.,                less TS could occur than compared to a
                                                    exhibiting aversive behaviors.                          1998).                                                continuous exposure with the same
                                                    Porpoises                                                                                                     energy (some recovery could occur
                                                                                                            Hearing Impairment
                                                                                                                                                                  between intermittent exposures
                                                       Results for porpoises depend upon                       Exposure to high intensity sound for               depending on the duty cycle between
                                                    the species. The limited available data                 a sufficient duration may result in                   sounds) (Kryter et al., 1966; Ward,
                                                    suggest that harbor porpoises show                      auditory effects such as a noise-induced              1997). For example, one short but loud
                                                    stronger avoidance of seismic operations                threshold shift—an increase in the                    (higher SPL) sound exposure may
                                                    than do Dall’s porpoises (Stone, 2003;                  auditory threshold after exposure to                  induce the same impairment as one
                                                    MacLean and Koski, 2005; Bain and                       noise (Finneran et al., 2005). Factors                longer but softer sound, which in turn
                                                    Williams, 2006; Stone and Tasker,                       that influence the amount of threshold                may cause more impairment than a
                                                    2006). Dall’s porpoises seem relatively                 shift include the amplitude, duration,                series of several intermittent softer
                                                    tolerant of airgun operations (MacLean                  frequency content, temporal pattern,                  sounds with the same total energy
                                                    and Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams,                     and energy distribution of noise                      (Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS
                                                    2006), although they too have been                      exposure. The magnitude of hearing                    is temporary, prolonged exposure to
                                                    observed to avoid large arrays of                       threshold shift normally decreases over               sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or
                                                    operating airguns (Calambokidis and                     time following cessation of the noise                 shorter-term exposure to sound levels
                                                    Osmek, 1998; Bain and Williams, 2006).                  exposure. The amount of threshold shift               well above the TTS threshold, can cause
                                                    This apparent difference in                             just after exposure is the initial                    PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals
                                                    responsiveness of these two porpoise                    threshold shift. If the threshold shift               (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of
                                                    species is consistent with their relative               eventually returns to zero (i.e., the                 EMALL’ssurvey, NMFS does not expect
                                                    responsiveness to boat traffic and some                 threshold returns to the pre-exposure                 that animals would experience levels
                                                    other acoustic sources (Richardson et                   value), it is a temporary threshold shift             high enough or durations long enough
                                                    al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).                      (Southall et al., 2007).                              to result in PTS given that the airgun is
                                                                                                               Threshold Shift (noise-induced loss of             a very low volume airgun, and the use
                                                    Pinnipeds
                                                                                                            hearing)—When animals exhibit                         of the airgun will be restricted to seven
                                                       Pinnipeds are not likely to show a                   reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds             days in a small geographic area.
                                                    strong avoidance reaction to the airgun                 must be louder for an animal to detect                   PTS is considered auditory injury
                                                    sources proposed for use. Visual                        them) following exposure to an intense                (Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
                                                    monitoring from seismic vessels has                     sound or sound for long duration, it is               damage to the inner or outer cochlear
                                                    shown only slight (if any) avoidance of                 referred to as a noise-induced threshold              hair cells may cause PTS; however,
                                                    airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if                shift (TS). An animal can experience                  other mechanisms are also involved,
                                                    any) changes in behavior. Monitoring                    temporary threshold shift (TTS) or                    such as exceeding the elastic limits of
                                                    work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during                 permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS                  certain tissues and membranes in the
                                                    1996–2001 provided considerable                         can last from minutes or hours to days                middle and inner ears and resultant
                                                    information regarding the behavior of                   (i.e., there is complete recovery), can               changes in the chemical composition of
                                                    Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic                     occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,             the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
                                                    pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and                an animal might only have a temporary                 2007).
                                                    Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects                   loss of hearing sensitivity between the                  Although the published body of
                                                    usually involved arrays of 6 to 16                      frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can                 scientific literature contains numerous
                                                    airguns with total volumes of 560 to                    be of varying amounts (for example, an                theoretical studies and discussion
                                                    1,500 in 3. The combined results suggest                animal’s hearing sensitivity might be                 papers on hearing impairments that can
                                                    that some seals avoid the immediate                     reduced initially by only 6 dB or                     occur with exposure to a loud sound,
                                                    area around seismic vessels. In most                    reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,                  only a few studies provide empirical
                                                    survey years, ringed seal (Phoca                        but some recovery is possible. PTS can                information on the levels at which
                                                    hispida) sightings tended to be farther                 also occur in a specific frequency range              noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    away from the seismic vessel when the                   and amount as mentioned above for                     occurs in non-human animals.
                                                    airguns were operating than when they                   TTS.                                                     Recent studies by Kujawa and
                                                    were not (Moulton and Lawson, 2002).                       The following physiological                        Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011)
                                                    However, these avoidance movements                      mechanisms are thought to play a role                 found that despite completely reversible
                                                    were relatively small, on the order of                  in inducing auditory TS: Effects to                   threshold shifts that leave cochlear
                                                    100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of                     sensory hair cells in the inner ear that              sensory cells intact, large threshold
                                                    meters, and many seals remained within                  reduce their sensitivity, modification of             shifts could cause synaptic level
                                                    100–200 m (328–656 ft) of the trackline                 the chemical environment within the                   changes and delayed cochlear nerve


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                           51003

                                                    degeneration in mice and guinea pigs,                   and operating pressure varied from 40–                effects or injuries that theoretically
                                                    respectively. NMFS notes that the high                  150 in3 and 1000–2000 psi, respectively.              might occur in mammals close to a
                                                    level of TTS that led to the synaptic                   After three years and 180 sessions, the               strong sound source include stress,
                                                    changes shown in these studies is in the                authors observed no significant TTS at                neurological effects, bubble formation,
                                                    range of the high degree of TTS that                    any test frequency, for any combinations              and other types of organ or tissue
                                                    Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate                of air gun volume, pressure, or                       damage. Some marine mammal species
                                                    PTS levels. It is unknown whether                       proximity to the dolphin during                       (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially
                                                    smaller levels of TTS would lead to                     behavioral tests (Schlundt, et al., 2013).            susceptible to injury and/or stranding
                                                    similar changes. NMFS, however,                         Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest that the               when exposed to strong pulsed sounds.
                                                    acknowledges the complexity of noise                    potential for airguns to cause hearing                   Classic stress responses begin when
                                                    exposure on the nervous system, and                     loss in dolphins is lower than                        an animal’s central nervous system
                                                    will re-examine this issue as more data                 previously predicted, perhaps as a result             perceives a potential threat to its
                                                    become available.                                       of the low-frequency content of air gun               homeostasis. That perception triggers
                                                       For marine mammals, published data                   impulses compared to the high-                        stress responses regardless of whether a
                                                    are limited to the captive bottlenose                   frequency hearing ability of dolphins.                stimulus actually threatens the animal;
                                                    dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and                      Marine mammal hearing plays a                      the mere perception of a threat is
                                                    Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et                   critical role in communication with                   sufficient to trigger a stress response
                                                    al., 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2010a,               conspecifics, and interpretation of                   (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;
                                                    2010b; Finneran and Schlundt, 2010;                     environmental cues for purposes such                  Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central
                                                    Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009a,               as predator avoidance and prey capture.               nervous system perceives a threat, it
                                                    2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b;                      Depending on the degree (elevation of                 mounts a biological response or defense
                                                    Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt et al.,               threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery            that consists of a combination of the
                                                    2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For               time), and frequency range of TTS, and                four general biological defense
                                                    pinnipeds in water, data are limited to                 the context in which it is experienced,               responses: Behavioral responses;
                                                    measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an                 TTS can have effects on marine                        autonomic nervous system responses;
                                                    elephant seal, and California sea lions                 mammals ranging from discountable to                  neuroendocrine responses; or immune
                                                    (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; Kastelein et                serious (similar to those discussed in                responses.
                                                    al., 2012b).                                            auditory masking, below). For example,                   In the case of many stressors, an
                                                       Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold                a marine mammal may be able to readily                animal’s first and most economical (in
                                                    shift (TS) of a harbor porpoise after                   compensate for a brief, relatively small              terms of biotic costs) response is
                                                    exposing it to airgun noise with a                      amount of TTS in a non-critical                       behavioral avoidance of the potential
                                                    received sound pressure level (SPL) at                  frequency range that occurs during a                  stressor or avoidance of continued
                                                    200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 mPa, which                time where ambient noise is lower and                 exposure to a stressor. An animal’s
                                                    corresponds to a sound exposure level                   there are not as many competing sounds                second line of defense to stressors
                                                    of 164.5 dB re: 1 mPa2 s after integrating              present. Alternatively, a larger amount               involves the sympathetic part of the
                                                    exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-                 and longer duration of TTS sustained                  autonomic nervous system and the
                                                    mean-square (rms) of received SPL at                    during time when communication is                     classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response,
                                                    180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 mPa as the                      critical for successful mother/calf                   which includes the cardiovascular
                                                    threshold above which permanent                         interactions could have more serious                  system, the gastrointestinal system, the
                                                    threshold shift (PTS) could occur for                   impacts. Also, depending on the degree                exocrine glands, and the adrenal
                                                    cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively.                  and frequency range, the effects of PTS               medulla to produce changes in heart
                                                    Because the airgun noise is a broadband                 on an animal could range in severity,                 rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal
                                                    impulse, one cannot directly determine                  although it is considered generally more              activity that humans commonly
                                                    the equivalent of rms SPL from the                      serious because it is a permanent                     associate with stress. These responses
                                                    reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However,                    condition. Of note, reduced hearing                   have a relatively short duration and may
                                                    applying a conservative conversion                      sensitivity as a simple function of aging             or may not have significant long-term
                                                    factor of 16 dB for broadband signals                   has been observed in marine mammals,                  effects on an animal’s welfare.
                                                    from seismic surveys (McCauley, et al.,                 as well as humans and other taxa                         An animal’s third line of defense to
                                                    2000) to correct for the difference                     (Southall et al., 2007), so one can infer             stressors involves its neuroendocrine or
                                                    between peak-to-peak levels reported in                 that strategies exist for coping with this            sympathetic nervous systems; the
                                                    Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the                   condition to some degree, though likely               system that has received the most study
                                                    rms SPL for TTS would be                                not without cost.                                     has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-
                                                    approximately 184 dB re: 1 mPa, and the                    Given the higher level of sound                    adrenal (HPA) system (also known as
                                                    received levels associated with PTS                     necessary to cause PTS as compared                    the HPA axis in mammals or the
                                                    (Level A harassment) would be higher.                   with TTS, it is considerably less likely              hypothalamus-pituitary-interrenal axis
                                                    This is still above NMFS’ current 180                   that PTS would occur during the survey;               in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress
                                                    dB rms re: 1 mPa threshold for injury.                  TTS is also unlikely. Cetaceans                       responses associated with the
                                                    However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of                    generally avoid the immediate area                    autonomic nervous system, the pituitary
                                                    harbor porpoises is lower than other                    around operating seismic vessels, as do               hormones regulate virtually all
                                                    cetacean species empirically tested                     some other marine mammals. Some                       neuroendocrine functions affected by
                                                    (Finneran & Schlundt, 2010; Finneran et                 pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to                 stress—including immune competence,
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).               airguns, but their avoidance reactions                reproduction, metabolism, and
                                                       A recent study on bottlenose dolphins                are generally not as strong or consistent             behavior. Stress-induced changes in the
                                                    (Schlundt, et al., 2013) measured                       compared to cetacean reactions.                       secretion of pituitary hormones have
                                                    hearing thresholds at multiple                             Non-auditory Physical Effects: Non-                been implicated in failed reproduction
                                                    frequencies to determine the amount of                  auditory physical effects might occur in              (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered
                                                    TTS induced before and after exposure                   marine mammals exposed to strong                      metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),
                                                    to a sequence of impulses produced by                   underwater pulsed sound. Possible                     reduced immune competence (Blecha,
                                                    a seismic air gun. The air gun volume                   types of non-auditory physiological                   2000), and behavioral disturbance.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51004                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    Increases in the circulation of                         exposures and physiological responses                 evidence of this upon exposure to
                                                    glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,                         that are indicative of stress responses in            airgun pulses.
                                                    corticosterone, and aldosterone in                      humans (e.g., elevated respiration and                   In general, there are few data about
                                                    marine mammals; see Romano et al.,                      increased heart rates). Jones (1998)                  the potential for strong, anthropogenic
                                                    2004) have been equated with stress for                 reported on reductions in human                       underwater sounds to cause non-
                                                    many years.                                             performance when faced with acute,                    auditory physical effects in marine
                                                       The primary distinction between                      repetitive exposures to acoustic                      mammals. Such effects, if they occur at
                                                    stress (which is adaptive and does not                  disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)                    all, would presumably be limited to
                                                    normally place an animal at risk) and                   reported on the physiological stress                  short distances and to activities that
                                                    distress is the biotic cost of the                      responses of osprey to low-level aircraft             extend over a prolonged period. The
                                                    response. During a stress response, an                  noise while Krausman et al. (2004)                    available data do not allow
                                                    animal uses glycogen stores that the                    reported on the auditory and physiology               identification of a specific exposure
                                                    body quickly replenishes after                          stress responses of endangered Sonoran                level above which non-auditory effects
                                                    alleviation of the stressor. In such                    pronghorn to military overflights. Smith              can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)
                                                    circumstances, the cost of the stress                   et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noise-               or any meaningful quantitative
                                                    response would not pose a risk to the                   induced physiological transient stress                predictions of the numbers (if any) of
                                                    animal’s welfare. However, when an                      responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,           marine mammals that might be affected
                                                    animal does not have sufficient energy                  goldfish) that accompanied short- and                 in those ways. There is no definitive
                                                    reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of              long-term hearing losses. Welch and                   evidence that any of these effects occur
                                                    a stress response, it diverts energy                    Welch (1970) reported physiological                   even for marine mammals in close
                                                    resources from other biotic functions,                  and behavioral stress responses that                  proximity to large arrays of airguns. In
                                                    which impair those functions that                       accompanied damage to the inner ears                  addition, marine mammals that show
                                                    experience the diversion. For example,                  of fish and several mammals.                          behavioral avoidance of seismic vessels,
                                                    when mounting a stress response diverts                    Hearing is one of the primary senses               including some pinnipeds, are unlikely
                                                    energy away from growth in young                        marine mammals use to gather                          to incur non-auditory impairment or
                                                    animals, those animals may experience                   information about their environment                   other physical effects. The low volume
                                                    stunted growth (McEwen and Wingfield,                   and communicate with conspecifics.                    of the airgun proposed for this activity
                                                    2003). When mounting a stress response                  Although empirical information on the                 combined with the limited scope of use
                                                    diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s                relationship between sensory                          makes non-auditory physical effects
                                                    reproductive success and fitness will                   impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic                    from airgun use, including stress,
                                                    suffer. In these cases, the animals will                masking) on marine mammals remains                    unlikely. Therefore, we do not
                                                    have entered a pre-pathological or                      limited, we assume that reducing a                    anticipate such effects would occur
                                                    pathological state called ‘‘distress’’                  marine mammal’s ability to gather                     given the brief duration of exposure
                                                    (sensu Seyle, 1950) or ‘‘allostatic                     information about its environment and                 during the survey.
                                                    loading’’ (sensu McEwen and Wingfield,                  communicate with other members of its
                                                                                                                                                                  Stranding and Mortality
                                                    2003). This pathological state will last                species would induce stress, based on
                                                    until the animal replenishes its biotic                 data that terrestrial animals exhibit                    When a living or dead marine
                                                    reserves sufficient to restore normal                   those responses under similar                         mammal swims or floats onto shore and
                                                    function. Note that these examples                      conditions (NRC, 2003) and because                    becomes ‘‘beached’’ or incapable of
                                                    involved a long-term (days or weeks)                    marine mammals use hearing as their                   returning to sea, the event is a
                                                    stress response exposure to stimuli.                    primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,                 ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin
                                                       Relationships between these                          NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures                  and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and
                                                    physiological mechanisms, animal                        sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS                Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The
                                                    behavior, and the costs of stress                       would be accompanied by physiological                 legal definition for a stranding under the
                                                    responses have also been documented                     stress responses. More importantly,                   MMPA is that ‘‘(A) a marine mammal is
                                                    fairly well through controlled                          marine mammals might experience                       dead and is (i) on a beach or shore of
                                                    experiment; because this physiology                     stress responses at received levels lower             the United States; or (ii) in waters under
                                                    exists in every vertebrate that has been                than those necessary to trigger onset                 the jurisdiction of the United States
                                                    studied, it is not surprising that stress               TTS. Based on empirical studies of the                (including any navigable waters); or (B)
                                                    responses and their costs have been                     time required to recover from stress                  a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
                                                    documented in both laboratory and free-                 responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also                   a beach or shore of the United States
                                                    living animals (for examples see,                       assumes that stress responses could                   and is unable to return to the water; (ii)
                                                    Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;              persist beyond the time interval                      on a beach or shore of the United States
                                                    Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,                   required for animals to recover from                  and, although able to return to the
                                                    2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens                 TTS and might result in pathological                  water, is in need of apparent medical
                                                    et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,                       and pre-pathological states that would                attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
                                                    2000). Although no information has                      be as significant as behavioral responses             jurisdiction of the United States
                                                    been collected on the physiological                     to TTS.                                               (including any navigable waters), but is
                                                    responses of marine mammals to                             Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and               unable to return to its natural habitat
                                                    anthropogenic sound exposure, studies                   direct noise-induced bubble formations                under its own power or without
                                                    of other marine animals and terrestrial                 (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in                assistance.’’
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    animals would lead us to expect some                    the case of exposure to an impulsive                     Marine mammals strand for a variety
                                                    marine mammals to experience                            broadband source like an airgun array.                of reasons, such as infectious agents,
                                                    physiological stress responses and,                     If seismic surveys disrupt diving                     biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery
                                                    perhaps, physiological responses that                   patterns of deep-diving species, this                 interaction, ship strike, unusual
                                                    would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon                might result in bubble formation and a                oceanographic or weather events, sound
                                                    exposure to anthropogenic sounds.                       form of the bends, as speculated to                   exposure, or combinations of these
                                                       For example, Jansen (1998) reported                  occur in beaked whales exposed to                     stressors sustained concurrently or in
                                                    on the relationship between acoustic                    sonar. However, there is no specific                  series. However, the cause or causes of


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                          51005

                                                    most strandings are unknown (Geraci et                  kHz, which is lower than the maximum                  occurrences. While duration is
                                                    al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980;             sensitivity hearing range of any the local            dependent on sediment type, the
                                                    Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest                   species (belugas—40–130 kHz;, killer                  driving mechanism, which emits sound
                                                    that the physiology, behavior, habitat                  whales—7–30 kHz; harbor porpoise—                     at a source level of 187dB re: 1mPa, will
                                                    relationships, age, or condition of                     100–140 kHz; and harbor seals—10–30                   only bore for 1 to 2 minutes. The sound
                                                    cetaceans may cause them to strand or                   kHz; Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Southall                is emitted at a frequency of 10 Hz to 20
                                                    might pre-dispose them to strand when                   et al. 2007, Kastelein et al. 2002). While            kHz. Cores will be bored at
                                                    exposed to another phenomenon. These                    the chirper is not as loud (202 dB re 1               approximately every 4 km along the
                                                    suggestions are consistent with the                     mPa-m [rms]), it does operate at a higher             pipeline corridor, for about 22 cores in
                                                    conclusions of numerous other studies                   frequency range (2–16 kHz), and within                that area. Approximately 33 cores will
                                                    that have demonstrated that                             the maximum sensitive range of all of                 be taken in the Marine Terminal area.
                                                    combinations of dissimilar stressors                    the local species except beluga whales.                  Masking: It is unlikely that masking
                                                    commonly combine to kill an animal or                      Marine mammal communications                       will occur due to vibracore operations.
                                                    dramatically reduce its fitness, even                   would not likely be masked appreciably                Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound
                                                    though one exposure without the other                   by the profiler’s signals given the                   measurements on an operating
                                                    does not produce the same result                        directionality of the signal and the brief            vibracorer in Alaska and found that it
                                                    (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries                  period when an individual mammal is                   emitted a sound pressure level at 1-m
                                                    et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley              likely to be within its beam.                         source of 188 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms), with
                                                    et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,                     Furthermore, despite the fact that the                a frequency range of between 10 Hz and
                                                    2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,                 profiler overlaps with hearing ranges of              20 kHz. While the frequency range
                                                    2004). Given the low volume and source                  many marine mammal species in the                     overlaps the lower ends of the
                                                    level of the proposed airgun, standing                  area, the profiler’s signals do not                   maximum sensitivity hearing ranges of
                                                    and mortality are not anticipated due to                overlap with the predominant                          harbor porpoises, killer whales, and
                                                    use of the airgun proposed for this                     frequencies in the calls, which would                 harbor seals, and the continuous sound
                                                    activity.                                               avoid significant masking.                            extends 2.54 km (1.6 mi) to the 120 dB
                                                                                                               Behavioral Responses: Responses to                 threshold, the vibracorer will operate
                                                    2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic                  the profiler are likely to be similar to the          about the one or two minutes it takes to
                                                    Devices                                                 other pulsed sources discussed earlier if             drive the core pipe 7 m (20 ft) into the
                                                    Sub-Bottom Profiler                                     received at the same levels. The                      sediment, and approximately twice per
                                                                                                            behavioral response of local marine                   day. Therefore, there is very little
                                                       EMALL would also operate a sub-                      mammals to the operation of the sub-                  opportunity for this activity to mask the
                                                    bottom profiler chirp and boomer from                   bottom profilers is expected to be                    communication of local marine
                                                    the source vessel during the proposed                   similar to that of the small airgun. The              mammals.
                                                    survey. The chirp’s sounds are very                     odontocetes are likely to avoid the sub-                 Behavioral Response: It is unlikely
                                                    short pulses, occurring for one ms, six                 bottom profiler activity, especially the              that vibracoring will elicit behavioral
                                                    times per second. Most of the energy in                 naturally shy harbor porpoise, while the              responses from marine mammal species
                                                    the sound pulses emitted by the profiler                harbor seals might be attracted to them               in the area. An analysis of similar
                                                    is at 2–6 kHz, and the beam is directed                 out of curiosity. However, because the                survey activity in New Zealand
                                                    downward. The chirp has a maximum                       sub-bottom profilers operate from a                   classified the likely effects from
                                                    source level of 202 dB re: 1 mPa, with                  moving vessel, and the maximum radius                 vibracore and similar activity to be some
                                                    a tilt angle of 90 degrees below                        to the 160 dB harassment threshold is                 habitat degradation and prey species
                                                    horizontal and a beam width of 24                       only 263 m (863 ft), the area and time                effects, but primarily behavioral
                                                    degrees. The sub-bottom profiler boomer                 that this equipment would be affecting                responses, although the species in the
                                                    will shoot approximately every 3.125m,                  a given location is very small.                       analyzed area were different to those
                                                    with shots lasting 1.5 to 2 seconds. Most                  Hearing Impairment and Other                       found in Cook Inlet (Thompson, 2012).
                                                    of the energy in the sound pulses                       Physical Effects: It is unlikely that the                There are no data on the behavioral
                                                    emitted by the boomer is concentrated                   sub-bottom profilers produce sound                    response to vibracore activity of marine
                                                    between 0.5 and 6 kHz, with a source                    levels strong enough to cause hearing                 mammals in Cook Inlet. The closest
                                                    level of 205dB re: 1mPa. The tilt of the                impairment or other physical injuries                 analog to vibracoring might be
                                                    boomer is 90 degrees below horizontal,                  even in an animal that is (briefly) in a              exploratory drilling, although there is a
                                                    but the emission is omnidirectional.                    position near the source (Wood et al.,                notable difference in magnitude
                                                    Kremser et al., (2005) noted that the                   2012). The likelihood of marine                       between an oil and gas drilling
                                                    probability of a cetacean swimming                      mammals moving away from the source                   operation and collecting sediment
                                                    through the area of exposure when a                     make if further unlikely that a marine                samples with a vibracorer. Thomas et al.
                                                    bottom profiler emits a pulse is small—                 mammal would be able to approach                      (1990) played back drilling sound to
                                                    because if the animal was in the area, it               close to the transducers.                             four captive beluga whales and found
                                                    would have to pass the transducer at                       Animals may avoid the area around                  no statistical difference in swim
                                                    close range in order to be subjected to                 the survey vessels, thereby reducing                  patterns, social groups, respiration and
                                                    sound levels that could cause temporary                 exposure. Any disturbance to marine                   dive rates, or stress hormone levels
                                                    threshold shift and would likely exhibit                mammals is likely to be in the form of                before and during playbacks. There is
                                                    avoidance behavior to the area near the                                                                       no reason to believe that beluga whales
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                            temporary avoidance or alteration of
                                                    transducer rather than swim through at                  opportunistic foraging behavior near the              or any other marine mammal exposed to
                                                    such a close range.                                     survey location.                                      vibracoring sound would behave any
                                                       Masking: Both the chirper and boomer                                                                       differently, especially since vibracoring
                                                    sub-bottom profilers produce impulsive                  Vibracore                                             occurs for only one or two minutes.
                                                    sound exceeding 160 dB re 1 mPa-m                         EMALL would conduct vibracoring in                     Hearing Impairment and Other
                                                    (rms). The louder boomer operates at a                  a corridor across a northern portion of               Physical Effects: The vibracorer operates
                                                    source value of 205 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms),                Cook Inlet and near the marine terminal               for only one or two minutes at a time
                                                    but with a frequency between 0.5 and 6                  area for a total of 55 vibracoring                    with a 1-m source of 187.4 dB re 1 mPa-


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51006                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    m (rms). It is neither loud enough nor                  would prevent physical damage to                         Porpoises: Harbor porpoises are often
                                                    does it operate for a long enough                       marine mammals. The vibracoring                       seen changing direction in the presence
                                                    duration to induce either TTS or PTS.                   would also be unlikely to have the                    of vessel traffic. Avoidance has been
                                                                                                            capability of causing physical damage to              documented up to 1km away from an
                                                    Stranding and Mortality
                                                                                                            marine mammals because of its low                     approaching vessel, but the avoidance
                                                       Stress, Stranding, and Mortality                     intensity and short duration.                         response is strengthened in closer
                                                    Safety zones will be established to                                                                           proximity to vessels (Barlow, 1998;
                                                    prevent acoustical injury to local marine               3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement
                                                                                                                                                                  Palka, 1993). This avoidance behavior is
                                                    mammals, especially injury that could                   and Collisions
                                                                                                                                                                  not consistent across all porpoises, as
                                                    indirectly lead to mortality. Also, G&G                    Vessel movement in the vicinity of                 Dall’s porpoises have been observed
                                                    sound is not expected to cause resonate                 marine mammals has the potential to                   approaching boats.
                                                    effects to gas-filled spaces or airspaces               result in either a behavioral response or                Toothed whales: In summary, toothed
                                                    in marine mammals based on the                          a direct physical interaction. We discuss             whales sometimes show no avoidance
                                                    research of Finneran (2003) on beluga                   both scenarios here.                                  reaction to vessels, or even approach
                                                    whales showing that the tissue and                         Behavioral Responses to Vessel                     them. However, avoidance can occur,
                                                    other body masses dampen any                            Movement: There are limited data                      especially in response to vessels of
                                                    potential effects of resonance on ear                   concerning marine mammal behavioral                   types used to chase or hunt the animals.
                                                    cavities, lungs, and intestines. Chronic                responses to vessel traffic and vessel                This may cause temporary
                                                    exposure to sound could lead to                         noise, and a lack of consensus among                  displacement, but we know of no clear
                                                    physiological stress eventually causing                 scientists with respect to what these                 evidence that toothed whales have
                                                    hormonal imbalances (NRC 2005). If                      responses mean or whether they result                 abandoned significant parts of their
                                                    survival demands are already high, and/                 in short-term or long-term adverse                    range because of vessel traffic.
                                                    or additional stressors are present, the                effects. In those cases where there is a                 Behavioral responses to stimuli are
                                                    ability of the animal to cope decreases,                busy shipping lane or where there is a                complex and influenced to varying
                                                    leading to pathological conditions or                   large amount of vessel traffic, marine                degrees by a number of factors, such as
                                                    death (NRC 2005). Potential effects may                 mammals may experience acoustic                       species, behavioral contexts,
                                                    be greatest where sound disturbance can                 masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are                geographical regions, source
                                                    disrupt feeding patterns including                      present in the area (e.g., killer whales in           characteristics (moving or stationary,
                                                    displacement from critical feeding                      Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; Holt et              speed, direction, etc.), prior experience
                                                    grounds. However, all G&G exposure to                   al., 2008). In cases where vessels                    of the animal and physical status of the
                                                    marine mammals would be of duration                     actively approach marine mammals                      animal. For example, studies have
                                                    measured in minutes.                                    (e.g., whale watching or dolphin                      shown that beluga whales’ reactions
                                                       Specific sound-related processes that                watching boats), scientists have                      varied when exposed to vessel noise
                                                    lead to strandings and mortality are not                documented that animals exhibit altered               and traffic. In some cases, naive beluga
                                                    well documented, but may include (1)                    behavior such as increased swimming                   whales exhibited rapid swimming from
                                                    swimming in avoidance of a sound into                   speed, erratic movement, and active                   ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7
                                                    shallow water; (2) a change in behavior                 avoidance behavior (Bursk, 1983;                      mi) away, and showed changes in
                                                    (such as a change in diving behavior)                   Acevedo, 1991; Baker and MacGibbon,                   surfacing, breathing, diving, and group
                                                    that might contribute to tissue damage,                 1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; Williams et              composition in the Canadian high
                                                    gas bubble formation, hypoxia, cardiac                  al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003),                 Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley
                                                    arrhythmia, hypertensive hemorrhage,                    reduced blow interval (Ritcher et al.,                et al., 1990). In other cases, beluga
                                                    or other forms of trauma; (3) a                         2003), disruption of normal social                    whales were more tolerant of vessels,
                                                    physiological change such as a                          behaviors (Lusseau, 2003; 2006), and the              but responded differentially to certain
                                                    vestibular response leading to a                        shift of behavioral activities which may              vessels and operating characteristics by
                                                    behavioral change or stress-induced                     increase energetic costs (Constantine et              reducing their calling rates (especially
                                                    hemorrhagic diathesis, leading in turn                  al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of                older animals) in the St. Lawrence River
                                                    to tissue damage; and, (4) tissue damage                marine mammal reactions to ships and                  where vessel traffic is common (Blane
                                                    directly from sound exposure, such as                   boats is available in Richardson et al.               and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay,
                                                    through acoustically mediated bubble                    (1995). For each of the marine mammal                 Alaska, beluga whales continued to feed
                                                    formation and growth or acoustic                        taxonomy groups, Richardson et al.                    when surrounded by fishing vessels and
                                                    resonance of tissues (Wood et al. 2012).                (1995) provides the following                         resisted dispersal even when
                                                    Some of these mechanisms are unlikely                   assessment regarding reactions to vessel              purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania,
                                                    to apply in the case of impulse G&G                     traffic:                                              1971).
                                                    sounds, especially since airguns and                       Pinnipeds: Reactions by pinnipeds to                  In reviewing more than 25 years of
                                                    sub-bottom profilers produce broadband                  vessel disturbance largely involve                    whale observation data, Watkins (1986)
                                                    sound with low pressure rise.                           relocation. Harbor seals hauled out on                concluded that whale reactions to vessel
                                                    Strandings to date which have been                      mud flats have been documented                        traffic were ‘‘modified by their previous
                                                    attributed to sound exposure related to                 returning to the water in response to                 experience and current activity:
                                                    date from military exercises using                      nearing boat traffic. Vessels that                    Habituation often occurred rapidly,
                                                    narrowband mid-frequency sonar with a                   approach haulouts slowly may also                     attention to other stimuli or
                                                    much greater likelihood to cause                        elicit alert reactions without flushing               preoccupation with other activities
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    physical damage (Balcomb and Claridge                   from the haulout. Small boats with                    sometimes overcame their interest or
                                                    2001, NOAA and USN, 2001,                               slow, constant speed elicit the least                 wariness of stimuli.’’ Watkins noticed
                                                    Hildebrand 2005).                                       noticeable reactions. However, in                     that over the years of exposure to ships
                                                       The low intensity, low frequency,                    Alaska specifically, harbor seals are                 in the Cape Cod area, minke whales
                                                    broadband sound associated with                         documented to tolerate fishing vessels                changed from frequent positive interest
                                                    airguns and sub-bottom profilers,                       with no discernable reactions, and                    (e.g., approaching vessels) to generally
                                                    combined with the shutdown safety                       habituation is common (Burns in                       uninterested reactions; fin whales
                                                    zone mitigation measure for the airgun                  Johnson et al., 1989).                                changed from mostly negative (e.g.,


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                51007

                                                    avoidance) to uninterested reactions;                   mph; 13 kts). Given the slow vessel        8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous streams.
                                                    right whales apparently continued the                   speeds necessary for data acquisition,     Several anadromous streams (Three-
                                                    same variety of responses (negative,                    ship strike is unlikely to occur during    mile Creek, Indian Creek, and two
                                                    uninterested, and positive responses)                   this survey.                               unnamed streams) enter the Cook Inlet
                                                    with little change; and humpbacks                                                                  within the survey areas. Other
                                                                                                            Entanglement
                                                    dramatically changed from mixed                                                                    anadromous streams are located within
                                                    responses that were often negative to                      Entanglement can occur if wildlife      8.0 km (5.0 mi) of the survey areas. The
                                                    reactions that were often strongly                      becomes immobilized in survey lines,       survey program will not prevent beluga
                                                    positive. Watkins (1986) summarized                     cables, nets, or other equipment that is   access to the mouths of these streams
                                                    that ‘‘whales near shore, even in regions               moving through the water column. The       and will result in no short-term or long-
                                                    with low vessel traffic, generally have                 proposed survey would require towing       term loss of intertidal or subtidal waters
                                                    become less wary of boats and their                     approximately 150 ft of cables. This size that are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and
                                                    noises, and they have appeared to be                    of the array generally carries a lower     within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous
                                                    less easily disturbed than previously. In               risk of entanglement for marine            streams. Minor seafloor impacts will
                                                    particular locations with intense                       mammals. Wildlife, especially slow         occur in these areas from grab samples,
                                                    shipping and repeated approaches by                     moving individuals, such as large          PCPTs, vibracores, or geotechnical
                                                    boats (such as the whale-watching areas                 whales, have a low probability of          borings but will have no effect on the
                                                    of Stellwagen Bank), more and more                      entanglement due to the low amount of      area as beluga habitat once the vessel or
                                                    whales had positive reactions to familiar               slack in the lines, slow speed of the      jack-up platform has left. The survey
                                                    vessels, and they also occasionally                     survey vessel, and onboard monitoring.     program will have no effect on this
                                                    approached other boats and yachts in                    Pinnipeds and porpoises are the least      habitat.
                                                    the same ways.’’                                        likely to entangle in equipment, as most      Cook Inlet beluga whales may avoid
                                                                                                            documented cases of entanglement           areas ensonified by the geophysical or
                                                    Vessel Strike                                           involve fishing gear and prey species      geotechnical activities that generate
                                                       Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause                  (Gales et al., 2003). There are no         sound with frequencies within the
                                                    major wounds, which may lead to the                     reported cases of entanglement from        beluga hearing range and at levels above
                                                    death of the animal. An animal at the                   geophysical equipment in the Cook Inlet threshold values. This includes the
                                                    surface could be struck directly by a                   area.                                      chirp sub-bottom profiler with a radius
                                                    vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the
                                                                                                            Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal of 184 m (604 ft), the boomer sub-
                                                    bottom of a vessel, or a vessel’s                                                                  bottom profiler with a radius of 263 m
                                                                                                            Habitat
                                                    propeller could injure an animal just                                                              (863 ft), the airgun with a radius of 300
                                                    below the surface. The severity of                         The G&G Program survey areas are        m (984 ft) and the vibracores with a
                                                    injuries typically depends on the size                  primarily within upper Cook Inlet,         radius of 2.54 km (1.58 mi). The sub-
                                                    and speed of the vessel (Knowlton and                   although the Marine Terminal survey        bottom profilers and the airgun will be
                                                    Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;                        area is located near Nikiski just south of operated from a vessel moving at speeds
                                                    Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).                          the East Foreland (technically in Lower    of about 4 kt. The operation of a
                                                       The most vulnerable marine mammals                   Cook Inlet), which includes habitat for    vibracore has a duration of
                                                    are those that spend extended periods of                prey species of marine mammals,            approximately 1–2 minutes. All of these
                                                    time at the surface in order to restore                 including fish as well as invertebrates    activities will be conducted in relatively
                                                    oxygen levels within their tissues after                eaten by Cook Inlet beluga whales. This open areas of the Cook Inlet within
                                                    deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In                  area contains Critical Habitat for Cook    Critical Habitat Area 2. Given the size
                                                    addition, some baleen whales, such as                   Inlet belugas, is near the breeding        and openness of the Cook Inlet in the
                                                    the North Atlantic right whale, seem                    grounds for the local harbor seal          survey areas, and the relatively small
                                                    generally unresponsive to vessel sound,                 population, and serves as an occasional    area and mobile/temporary nature of the
                                                    making them more susceptible to vessel                  feeding ground for killer whales and       zones of ensonification, the generation
                                                    collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These                harbor porpoises. Cook Inlet is a large    of sound by the G&G activities is not
                                                    species are primarily large, slow moving                subarctic estuary roughly 299 km (186      expected to result in any restriction of
                                                    whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g.,                   mi) in length and averaging 96 km (60      passage of belugas within or between
                                                    bottlenose dolphin) move quickly                        mi) in width. It extends from the city of  critical habitat areas. The jack-up
                                                    through the water column and are often                  Anchorage at its northern end and flows platform from which the geotechnical
                                                    seen riding the bow wave of large ships.                into the Gulf of Alaska at its             borings will be conducted will be
                                                    Marine mammal responses to vessels                      southernmost end. For descriptive          attached to the seafloor with legs, and
                                                    may include avoidance and changes in                    purposes, Cook Inlet is separated into     will be in place at a given location for
                                                    dive pattern (NRC, 2003).                               unique upper and lower sections,           up to 4–5 days, but given its small size
                                                       An examination of all known ship                     divided at the East and West Forelands, (Table 4 in the application) would not
                                                    strikes from all shipping sources                       where the opposing peninsulas create a     result in any obstruction of passage by
                                                    (civilian and military) indicates vessel                natural waistline in the length of the     belugas.
                                                    speed is a principal factor in whether a                waterway, measuring approximately 16          Upper Cook Inlet comprises the area
                                                    vessel strike results in death (Knowlton                km (10 mi) across (Mulherin et al. 2001). between Point Campbell (Anchorage)
                                                    and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;                       Potential effects on beluga habitat     down to the Forelands, and is roughly
                                                    Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and                 would be limited to noise effects on       95 km (59 mi) in length and 24.9 km
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Taggart, 2007). In assessing records with               prey; direct impact to benthic habitat     (15.5 mi) in width (Mulherin et al.
                                                    known vessel speeds, Laist et al. (2001)                from jack-up platform leg placement,       2001). Five major rivers (Knik,
                                                    found a direct relationship between the                 and sampling with grabs, coring, and       Matanuska, Susitna, Little Susitna, and
                                                    occurrence of a whale strike and the                    boring; and small discharges of drill      Beluga) deliver freshwater to upper
                                                    speed of the vessel involved in the                     cuttings and drilling mud associated       Cook Inlet, carrying a heavy annual
                                                    collision. The authors concluded that                   with the borings. Portions of the survey   sediment load of over 40 million tons of
                                                    most deaths occurred when a vessel was                  areas include waters of Cook Inlet that    eroded materials and glacial silt (Brabets
                                                    traveling in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9                  are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and within     1999). As a result, upper Cook Inlet is


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51008                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    relatively shallow, averaging 18.3 m (60                go slack before rotating around into an               0.5 m (1.6 ft), and again confined to 5.0
                                                    ft) in depth. It is characterized by                    opposite direction (Gatto 1976,                       m (16 ft). Further, Greenlaw et al. (1988)
                                                    shoals, mudflats, and a wide coastal                    Mulherin et al. 2001). Depths in the                  found no evidence of gross histological
                                                    shelf, less than 17.9 m (59 ft) deep,                   central portion of lower Cook Inlet are               damage to eggs and larvae of northern
                                                    extending from the eastern shore. A                     60–80 m (197–262 ft) and decrease                     anchovy exposed to seismic air guns,
                                                    deep trough exists between Trading Bay                  steadily toward the shores (Muench                    and concluded that noticeable effects
                                                    and the Middle Ground Shoal, ranging                    1981). Bottom sediments in the lower                  would result only from multiple, close
                                                    from 35 to 77 m (114–253 ft) deep                       inlet are coarse gravel and sand that                 exposures. Based on these results, much
                                                    (NOAA Nautical Chart 16660). The                        grade to finer sand and mud toward the                lower energy impulsive geophysical
                                                    substrate consists of a mixture of coarse               south (Bouma 1978).                                   equipment planned for this program
                                                    gravels, cobbles, pebbles, sand, clay,                     Coarser substrate support a wide                   would not damage larval fish or any
                                                    and silt (Bouma et al. 1978, Rappeport                  variety of invertebrates and fish                     other marine mammal prey resource.
                                                    1982).                                                  including Pacific halibut, Dungeness                     Potential damage to the Cook Inlet
                                                       Upper Cook Inlet experiences some of                 crab, tanner crab, pandalid shrimp,                   benthic community will be limited to
                                                    the most extreme tides in the world,                    Pacific cod, and rock sole, while the                 the actual surface area of the four spud
                                                    demonstrated by a mean tidal range                      soft-bottom sand and silt communities                 cans that form the ‘‘foot’’ of each 0.762-
                                                    from 4.0 m (13 ft) at the Gulf of Alaska                are dominated by polychaetes, bivalves                m (30-in) diameter leg, the 42 0.1524-m
                                                    end to 8.8 m (29 ft) near Anchorage                     and other flatfish (Field and Walker                  (6-in) diameter borings, and the 55
                                                    (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2013).                    2003). These species constitute prey                  0.0762-m (3-in) diameter vibracore
                                                    Tidal currents reach 3.9 kts per second                 species for several marine mammals in                 samplings (plus several grab and PCPT
                                                    (Mulherin et al. 2001) in upper Cook                    Cook Inlet, including pinnipeds and                   samples). Collectively, these samples
                                                    Inlet, increasing to 5.7–7.7 kts per                    Cook Inlet belugas. Sea urchins and sea               would temporarily damage about a
                                                    second near the Forelands where the                     cucumbers are important otter prey and                hundred square meters of benthic
                                                    inlet is constricted. Each tidal cycle                  are found in shell debris communities.                habitat relative to the size (nearly 21,000
                                                    creates significant turbulence and                      Razor clams are found all along the                   km2/8,108 mi2) of Cook Inlet. Overall,
                                                    vertical mixing of the water column in                  beaches of the Kenai Peninsula. In                    sediment sampling and acoustical
                                                    the upper inlet (U.S. Army Corps of                     general, the lower Cook Inlet marine                  effects on prey resources will have a
                                                    Engineers 2013), and are reversing,                     invertebrate community is of low                      negligible effect at most on the marine
                                                    meaning that they are marked by a                       abundance, dominated by polychaetes,                  mammal habitat within the G&G
                                                    period of slack tide followed an                        until reaching the mouth of the inlet                 Program survey area. Some prey
                                                    acceleration in the opposite direction                  (Saupe et al. 2005). Overall, the lower               resources might be temporarily
                                                    (Mulherin et al. 2001).                                 Cook Inlet marine ecosystem is fed by                 displaced, but no long-term effects are
                                                       Because of scouring, mixing, and                     midwater communities of                               expected.
                                                    sediment transport from these currents,                 phytoplankton and zooplankton, with                      The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program
                                                    the marine invertebrate community is                    the latter composed mostly of copepods                will result in a number of minor
                                                    very limited (Pentec 2005). Of the 50                   and barnacle and crab larvae (Damkaer                 discharges to the waters of Cook Inlet.
                                                    stations sampled by Saupe et al. 2005                   1977, English 1980).                                  Discharges associated with the
                                                    for marine invertebrates in Southcentral                   G&G Program activities that could                  geotechnical borings will include: (1)
                                                    Alaska, their upper Cook Inlet station                  potentially impact marine mammal                      The discharge of drill cuttings and
                                                    had by far the lowest abundance and                     habitats include sediment sampling                    drilling fluids and (2) the discharge of
                                                    diversity. Further, the fish community                  (vibracore, boring, grab sampling) on the             deck drainage (runoff of precipitation
                                                    of upper Cook Inlet is characterized                    sea bottom, placement of the jack-up                  and deck wash water) from the
                                                    largely by migratory fish—eulachon and                  platform spud cans, and acoustical                    geotechnical drilling platform. Other
                                                    Pacific salmon—returning to spawning                    injury of prey resources. However, there              vessels associated with the G&G surveys
                                                    rivers, or outmigrating salmon smolts.                  are few benthic resources in the survey               will discharge wastewaters that are
                                                    Moulton (1997) documented only 18                       area that could be impacted by                        normally associated with the operation
                                                    fish species in upper Cook Inlet                        collection of the small samples (Saupe                of vessels in transit including deck
                                                    compared to at least 50 species found in                et al. 2005).                                         drainage, ballast water, bilge water, non-
                                                    lower Cook Inlet (Robards et al. 1999).                    Acoustical effects to marine mammal                contact cooling water, and gray water.
                                                       Lower Cook Inlet extends from the                    prey resources are also limited.                         The discharges of drill cuttings,
                                                    Forelands southwest to the inlet mouth                  Christian et al. (2004) studied seismic               drilling fluids, and deck drainage
                                                    demarked by an approximate line                         energy impacts on male snow crabs and                 associated with the geotechnical borings
                                                    between Cape Douglas and English Bay.                   found no significant increases in                     will be within limitations authorized by
                                                    Water circulation in lower Cook Inlet is                physiological stress due to exposure to               the Alaska Department of
                                                    dominated by the Alaska Coastal                         high sound pressure levels. No                        Environmental Conservation under the
                                                    Current (ACC) that flows northward                      acoustical impact studies have been                   Alaska Pollutant Discharge Elimination
                                                    along the shores of the Kenai Peninsula                 conducted to date on the above fish                   System. The drill cuttings consist of
                                                    until it turns westward and is mixed by                 species, but studies have been                        natural geologic materials of the seafloor
                                                    the combined influences of freshwater                   conducted on Atlantic cod and sardine.                sediments brought to the surface via the
                                                    input from upper Cook Inlet, wind,                      Davis et al. (1998) cited various studies             drill bit/drill stem of the rotary drilling
                                                    topography, tidal surges, and the                       that found no effects to Atlantic cod                 operation, will be relatively minor in
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    coriolis effect (Field and Walker 2003,                 eggs, larvae, and fry when received                   volume, and deposit over a very small
                                                    MMS 1996). Upwelling by the ACC                         levels were 222 dB. Effects found were                area of Cook Inlet seafloor. The drilling
                                                    brings nutrient-rich waters to lower                    to larval fish within about 5.0 m (16 ft),            fluids which are used to lubricate the
                                                    Cook Inlet and contributes to a                         and from air guns with volumes                        bit, stabilize the hole, and viscosify the
                                                    biologically rich and productive ecology                between 49,661 and 65,548 cm3 (3,000                  slurry for transport of the solids to the
                                                    (Sambrotto and Lorenzen 1986). Tidal                    and 4,000 in3). Similarly, effects to                 surface will consist of seawater and guar
                                                    currents average 2–3 kt per second and                  sardine were greatest on eggs and 2-day               gum. Guar gum is a high-molecular
                                                    are rotary in that they do not completely               larvae, but these effects were greatest at            weight polysaccharide (galactose and


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                            51009

                                                    mannose units) derived from the ground                     Before chirper, boomer, airgun, and                be paired with experienced PSOs to
                                                    seeds of the plant Cyampsis gonolobus.                  vibracoring operations begin each day                 ensure that the quality of marine
                                                    It is a non-toxic fluid also used as a food             and before restarting operations after a              mammal observations and data
                                                    additive in soups, drinks, breads, and                  shutdown of 15 minutes or greater, the                recording are consistent.
                                                    meat products.                                          PSOs will ‘‘clear’’ both the Level A and                 All field data collected will be entered
                                                       Vessel discharges will be authorized                 Level B Zones of Influence (ZOIs—area                 by the end of the day into a custom
                                                    under the U.S. Environmental                            from the source to the 160dB or 180/                  database using a notebook computer.
                                                    Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) National                    190dB isopleths) of marine mammals by                 Weather data relative to viewing
                                                    Pollutant Discharge Elimination System                  intensively surveying these ZOIs prior                conditions will be collected hourly, on
                                                    (NPDES) Vessel General Permit (VGP)                     to activity to confirm that marine                    rotation, and when sightings occur and
                                                    for Discharges Incidental to the Normal                 mammals are not seen in the applicable                include the following:
                                                    Operation of Vessels. Each vessel will                  area. All three geophysical activities                   • Sea state;
                                                    have obtained authorization under the                   (boomer, chirp, airgun) will be shut                     • Wind speed and direction;
                                                    VGP and will discharge according to the                 down in mid-operation at the approach                    • Sun position; and
                                                    conditions and limitations mandated by                  to any marine mammal to the Level A                      • Percent glare.
                                                    the permit. As required by statute and                  safety zone, and at the approach of an                   The following data will be collected
                                                    regulation, the EPA has made a                          ESA-listed beluga whale to the Level B                for all marine mammal sightings:
                                                    determination that such discharges will                 harassment zone for these sources. The                   • Bearing and distance to the
                                                    not result in any unreasonable                          geotechnical vibracoring lasts only one               sighting;
                                                    degradation of the marine environment,                  or two minutes and shutdowns are                         • Species identification;
                                                    including:                                              likely impossible. Finally, the G&G                      • Behavior at the time of sighting
                                                       • significant adverse changes in                     Program will be planned to avoid high                 (e.g., travel, spy-hop, breach, etc.);
                                                    ecosystem diversity, productivity and                   beluga whale density areas. This would                   • Direction and speed relative to
                                                    stability of the biological community                   be achieved by conducting surveys at                  vessel;
                                                    within the area of discharge and                        the Marine Terminal and the southern                     • Reaction to activities—changes in
                                                    surrounding biological communities,                     end of the pipeline survey area when                  behavior (e.g., none, avoidance,
                                                       • threat to human health through                     beluga whales are farther north, feeding              approach, paralleling, etc.);
                                                    direct exposure to pollutants or through                near the Susitna Delta, and completing                   • Group size;
                                                    consumption of exposed aquatic                          activities in the northern portion of the                • Orientation when sighted (e.g.,
                                                    organisms, or                                           pipeline survey area when the Cook                    toward, away, parallel, etc.);
                                                       • loss of aesthetic, recreational,                   Inlet beluga whales have begun to                        • Closest point of approach;
                                                    scientific or economic values which is                  disperse from the Susitna Delta and                      • Sighting cue (e.g., animal, splash,
                                                    unreasonable in relation to the benefit                 other summer concentration areas.                     birds, etc.);
                                                    derived from the discharge.                                                                                      • Physical description of features that
                                                                                                            Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation                        were observed or determined not to be
                                                    Mitigation                                              Monitoring                                            present in the case of unknown or
                                                       In order to issue an incidental take                   EMALL will hire qualified and                       unidentified animals;
                                                    authorization under section 101(a)(5)(D)                NMFS-approved PSOs. These PSOs will                      • Time of sighting;
                                                    of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the                    be stationed aboard the geophysical                      • Location, speed, and activity of the
                                                    permissible methods of taking pursuant                  survey source or support vessels during               source and mitigation vessels, sea state,
                                                    to such activity, and other means of                    sub-bottom profiling, air gun, and                    ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and
                                                    effecting the least practicable adverse                 vibracoring operations. A single senior               positions of other vessel(s) in the
                                                    impact on such species or stock and its                 PSO will be assigned to oversee all                   vicinity, and
                                                    habitat, paying particular attention to                 Marine Mammal Mitigation and                             • Mitigation measure taken—if any.
                                                    rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of                 Monitoring Program mandates and                          All observations and shut downs will
                                                    similar significance, and on the                        function as the on-site person-in-                    be recorded in a standardized format
                                                    availability of such species or stock for               chargeimplementing the 4MP.                           and data entered into a custom database
                                                    taking for certain subsistence uses                       Generally, two PSOs will work on a                  using a notebook computer. Accuracy of
                                                    (where relevant).                                       rotational basis during daylight hours                all data will be verified daily by the PIC
                                                       To mitigate potential acoustical                     with shifts of 4 to 6 hours, and one PSO              or designated PSO by a manual
                                                    impacts to local marine mammals,                        on duty on each source vessel at all                  verification. These procedures will
                                                    Protected Species Observers (PSOs) will                 times. Work days for an individual PSO                reduce errors, allow the preparation of
                                                    operate aboard the vessels from which                   will not exceed 12 hours in duration.                 short-term data summaries, and
                                                    the chirper, boomer, airgun, and                        Sufficient numbers of PSOs will be                    facilitate transfer of the data to
                                                    vibracorer will be deployed. The PSOs                   available and provided to meet                        statistical, graphical, or other programs
                                                    will implement the mitigation measures                  requirements.                                         for further processing and archiving.
                                                    described in the Marine Mammal                            Roles and responsibilities of all PSOs              PSOs will conduct monitoring during
                                                    Monitoring and Mitigation Plan                          include the following:                                daylight periods (weather permitting)
                                                    (Appendix A of the application). These                    • Accurately observe and record                     during G&G activities, and during most
                                                    mitigations include: (1) Establishing                   sensitive marine mammal species;                      daylight periods when G&G activities
                                                    safety zones to ensure marine mammals                     • Follow monitoring and data
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                  are temporarily suspended.
                                                    are not injured by sound pressure levels                collection procedures; and
                                                    exceeding Level A injury thresholds; (2)                  • Ensure mitigation measures are                    Shutdown Procedures
                                                    shutting down the airgun when required                  followed.                                               If any marine mammal is seen
                                                    to avoid harassment of beluga whales                      PSOs will be stationed at the best                  approaching the Level A injury zone for
                                                    approaching the 160-dB disturbance                      available vantage point on the source                 the air gun, chirp, or boomer, these
                                                    zone; and (3) timing survey activity to                 vessels. PSOs will scan systematically                sources will be shut down. If ESA-listed
                                                    avoid concentrations of beluga whales                   with the unaided eye and 7x50 reticle                 marine mammals (e.g., beluga whales)
                                                    on a seasonal basis.                                    binoculars. As necessary, new PSOs will               are observed approaching the Level B


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51010                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    harassment zone for the air gun, chirp,                 until the animals are no longer present               wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may
                                                    or boomer, these sources will be shut                   within the 160-dB disturbance zone.                   contribute to this goal).
                                                    down. The PSOs will ensure that the                     Whenever Cook Inlet beluga whales or                     • A reduction in the numbers of
                                                    harassment zone is clear of marine                      groups of five or more killer whales                  marine mammals (total number or
                                                    mammal activity before vibracoring will                 and/or harbor porpoises are detected                  number at biologically important time
                                                    occur. Given that vibracoring lasts only                approaching or within the 160-dB                      or location) exposed to airgun
                                                    about a minute or two, shutdown                         disturbance zone, the boomer, chirp,                  operations that we expect to result in
                                                    actions are not practicable.                            and airgun may be powered down                        the take of marine mammals (this goal
                                                    Resuming Airgun Operations After a                      before the animal is within the 160-dB                may contribute to 1, above, or to
                                                    Shutdown                                                disturbance zone, as an alternative to a              reducing harassment takes only).
                                                                                                            complete shutdown. If the PSO                            • A reduction in the number of times
                                                       A full ramp-up after a shutdown will                 determines a power down is not                        (total number or number at biologically
                                                    not begin until there has been a                        sufficient, the sound source(s) shall be              important time or location) individuals
                                                    minimum of 30 minutes of observation                    shut-down until the animals are no                    would be exposed to airgun operations
                                                    of the applicable exclusion zone by                     longer present within the 160-dB zone.                that we expect to result in the take of
                                                    PSOs to assure that no marine mammals                                                                         marine mammals (this goal may
                                                    are present. The entire exclusion zone                  Mitigation Exclusion Zones
                                                                                                                                                                  contribute to 1, above, or to reducing
                                                    must be visible during the 30-minute                       NMFS requires that EMALL will not                  harassment takes only).
                                                    lead-in to a full ramp up. If the entire                operate the chirp, boomer, vibracore, or                 • A reduction in the intensity of
                                                    exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp-               airgun within 10 miles (16 km) of the                 exposures (either total number or
                                                    up from a cold start cannot begin. If a                 mean lower low water (MLLW) line of                   number at biologically important time
                                                    marine mammal(s) is sighted within the                  the Susitna Delta (Beluga River to the                or location) to airgun operations that we
                                                    injury exclusion zone during the 30-                    Little Susitna River) between April 15                expect to result in the take of marine
                                                    minute watch prior to ramp-up, ramp-                    and October 15. The purpose of this                   mammals (this goal may contribute to a,
                                                    up will be delayed until the marine                     mitigation measure is to protect beluga               above, or to reducing the severity of
                                                    mammal(s) is sighted outside of the                     whales in the designated critical habitat             harassment takes only).
                                                    zone or the animal(s) is not sighted for                in this area that is important for beluga                • Avoidance or minimization of
                                                    at least 15–30 minutes: 15 minutes for                  whale feeding and calving during the                  adverse effects to marine mammal
                                                    small odontocetes and pinnipeds (e.g.                   spring and fall months. The range of the              habitat, paying special attention to the
                                                    harbor porpoises, harbor seals), or 30                  setback required by NMFS was                          food base, activities that block or limit
                                                    minutes for large odontocetes (e.g.,                    designated to protect this important                  passage to or from biologically
                                                    killer whales and beluga whales).                       habitat area and also to create an                    important areas, permanent destruction
                                                    Speed and Course Alterations                            effective buffer where sound does not                 of habitat, or temporary destruction/
                                                                                                            encroach on this habitat. This seasonal               disturbance of habitat during a
                                                       If a marine mammal is detected
                                                                                                            exclusion will be in effect from April                biologically important time.
                                                    outside the Level A injury exclusion
                                                                                                            15th to October 15th annually.                           • For monitoring directly related to
                                                    zone and, based on its position and the
                                                                                                            Activities can occur within this area                 mitigation—an increase in the
                                                    relative motion, is likely to enter that
                                                                                                            from October 16th–April 14th.                         probability of detecting marine
                                                    zone, the vessel’s speed and/or direct
                                                    course may, when practical and safe, be                 Mitigation Conclusions                                mammals, thus allowing for more
                                                    changed to also minimize the effect on                                                                        effective implementation of the
                                                                                                              NMFS has carefully evaluated                        mitigation.
                                                    the survey program. The marine                          EMALL’s mitigation measures in the
                                                    mammal activities and movements                                                                                  Based on the evaluation of EMALL’s
                                                                                                            context of ensuring that we prescribe                 measures, as well as other measures
                                                    relative to the sound source and support                the means of effecting the least
                                                    vessels will be closely monitored to                                                                          required by NMFS, NMFS has
                                                                                                            practicable impact on the affected                    determined that the mitigation measures
                                                    ensure that the marine mammal does                      marine mammal species and stocks and
                                                    not approach within the applicable                                                                            provide the means of effecting the least
                                                                                                            their habitat. Our evaluation of potential            practicable impact on marine mammal
                                                    exclusion radius. If the mammal appears                 measures included consideration of the
                                                    likely to enter the exclusion radius,                                                                         species or stocks and their habitat,
                                                                                                            following factors in relation to one                  paying particular attention to rookeries,
                                                    further mitigative actions will be taken,               another:
                                                    i.e., either further course alterations or                                                                    mating grounds, and areas of similar
                                                                                                              • The manner in which, and the                      significance. Measures to ensure
                                                    shut down of the active sound sources                   degree to which, the successful
                                                    considered in this Authorization.                                                                             availability of such species or stock for
                                                                                                            implementation of the measure is                      taking for certain subsistence uses are
                                                    Mitigation Required by NMFS                             expected to minimize adverse impacts                  discussed later in this document (see
                                                                                                            to marine mammals;                                    ‘‘Impact on Availability of Affected
                                                    Special Procedures for Situations or                      • The proven or likely efficacy of the
                                                    Species of Concern                                                                                            Species or Stock for Taking for
                                                                                                            specific measure to minimize adverse                  Subsistence Uses’’ section).
                                                      The following additional protective                   impacts as planned; and
                                                    measures for beluga whales and groups                     • The practicability of the measure                 Monitoring and Reporting
                                                    of five or more killer whales and harbor                for applicant implementation.
                                                                                                                                                                  Weekly Field Reports
                                                    porpoises are required. Specifically, a                   Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    160-dB vessel monitoring zone would                     by NMFS should be able to accomplish,                   Weekly reports will be submitted to
                                                    be established and monitored in Cook                    have a reasonable likelihood of                       NMFS no later than the close of
                                                    Inlet during all seismic surveys. If a                  accomplishing (based on current                       business (Alaska Time) each Thursday
                                                    beluga whale or groups of five or more                  science), or contribute to the                        during the weeks when in-water G&G
                                                    killer whales and/or harbor porpoises                   accomplishment of one or more of the                  activities take place. The reports will
                                                    are visually sighted approaching or                     general goals listed here:                            cover information collected from
                                                    within the 160-dB disturbance zone,                       • Avoidance or minimization of                      Wednesday of the previous week
                                                    survey activity would not commence                      injury or death of marine mammals                     through Tuesday of the current week.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                            51011

                                                    The field reports will summarize                        90-Day Technical Report                                  • Description of the incident;
                                                    species detected, in-water activity                        A report will be submitted to NMFS                    • Status of all sound source use in the
                                                    occurring at the time of the sighting,                  within 90 days after the end of the                   24 hours preceding the incident;
                                                    behavioral reactions to in-water                        project or at least 60 days before the
                                                    activities, and the number of marine                                                                             • Water depth;
                                                                                                            request for another IHA for the next
                                                    mammals exposed to harassment level                     open water season to enable NMFS to                      • Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                                    noise.                                                  incorporate observation data into the                 wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                                                                                            next Authorization. The report will                   state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                                    Monthly Field Reports
                                                                                                            summarize all activities and monitoring                  • Description of all marine mammal
                                                       Monthly reports will be submitted to                 results (i.e., vessel-based visual                    observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                                    NMFS for all months during which in-                    monitoring) conducted during in-water                 the incident;
                                                    water G&G activities take place. The                    G&G surveys. The Technical Report will                   • Species identification or
                                                    reports will be submitted to NMFS no                    include the following:                                description of the animal(s) involved;
                                                    later than five business days after the                    • Summaries of monitoring effort
                                                                                                            (e.g., total hours, total distances, and                 • Fate of the animal(s); and
                                                    end of the month. The monthly report
                                                    will contain and summarize the                          marine mammal distribution through                       • Photographs or video footage of the
                                                    following information:                                  the study period, accounting for sea                  animal(s) (if equipment is available).
                                                                                                            state and other factors affecting
                                                       • Dates, times, locations, heading,                  visibility and detectability of marine
                                                                                                                                                                     Activities would not resume until
                                                    speed, weather, sea conditions                                                                                NMFS is able to review the
                                                                                                            mammals).
                                                    (including Beaufort Sea state and wind                     • Analyses of the effects of various               circumstances of the event. EMALL
                                                    force), and associated activities during                factors influencing detectability of                  would work with NMFS to minimize
                                                    the G&G Program and marine mammal                       marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number               reoccurrence of such an event in the
                                                    sightings.                                              of observers, and fog/glare).                         future. The G&G Program would not
                                                                                                               • Species composition, occurrence,                 resume activities until formally notified
                                                       • Species, number, location, distance                                                                      by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
                                                    from the vessel, and behavior of any                    and distribution of marine mammal
                                                    sighted marine mammals, as well as                      sightings, including date, water depth,                  In the event that the G&G Program
                                                    associated G&G activity (number of shut                 numbers, age/size/gender categories (if               discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                    downs), observed throughout all                         determinable), group sizes, and ice                   mammal, and the lead PSO determines
                                                    monitoring activities.                                  cover.                                                that the cause of the injury or death is
                                                                                                               • Analyses of the effects of survey                unknown and the death is relatively
                                                       • An estimate of the number (by                      operations.                                           recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state
                                                    species) of: (i) Pinnipeds that have been                  • Sighting rates of marine mammals                 of decomposition as described in the
                                                    exposed to the authorized geophysical                   during periods with and without G&G                   next paragraph), the Applicant would
                                                    or geotechnical activity (based on visual               survey activities (and other variables                immediately report the incident to the
                                                    observation) at received levels greater                 that could affect detectability), such as:            Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                                    than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                  (i) Initial sighting distances versus                 Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                    and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a                     survey activity state; (ii) closest point of          NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
                                                    discussion of any specific behaviors                    approach versus survey activity state;                Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
                                                    those individuals exhibited; and (ii)                   (iii) observed behaviors and types of                 Regional Stranding Coordinators. The
                                                    cetaceans that have been exposed to the                 movements versus survey activity state;               report would include the same
                                                    geophysical activity (based on visual                   (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals                 information identified in the paragraph
                                                    observation) at received levels greater                 seen versus survey activity state; (v)                above. Activities would be able to
                                                    than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                  distribution around the source vessels                continue while NMFS reviews the
                                                    and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a                     versus survey activity state; and (vi)                circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                                    discussion of any specific behaviors                    estimates of Level B harassment based                 would work with the Applicant to
                                                    those individuals exhibited.                            on presence in the 120 or 160 dB                      determine if modifications in the
                                                       • An estimate of the number (by                      harassment zone.                                      activities are appropriate.
                                                    species) of pinnipeds and cetaceans that                Notification of Injured or Dead Marine                   In the event that the G&G Program
                                                    have been exposed to the geotechnical                   Mammals                                               discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                    activity (based on visual observation) at                                                                     mammal, and the lead PSO determines
                                                    received levels greater than or equal to                   In the unanticipated event that the
                                                                                                            specified activity leads to an injury of a            that the injury or death is not associated
                                                    120 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a discussion                                                                       with or related to the activities
                                                    of any specific behaviors those                         marine mammal (Level A harassment)
                                                                                                            or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear                 authorized in the IHA (e.g., previously
                                                    individuals exhibited.                                                                                        wounded animal, carcass with moderate
                                                                                                            interaction, and/or entanglement),
                                                       • A description of the                               EMALL would immediately cease the                     to advanced decomposition, or
                                                    implementation and effectiveness of the:                specified activities and immediately                  scavenger damage), EMALL would
                                                    (i) Terms and conditions of the                         report the incident to the Chief of the               report the incident to the Chief of the
                                                    Biological Opinion’s Incidental Take                    Permits and Conservation Division,                    Permits and Conservation Division,
                                                    Statement; and (ii) mitigation measures                                                                       Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                            Office of Protected Resources, and the
                                                    of the IHA. For the Biological Opinion,                 Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators                and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline
                                                    the report shall confirm the                            at NMFS. The report would include the                 and/or by email to the Alaska Regional
                                                    implementation of each Term and                         following information:                                Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours
                                                    Condition, as well as any conservation                     • Time, date, and location (latitude/              of the discovery. EMALL would provide
                                                    recommendations, and describe their                     longitude) of the incident;                           photographs or video footage (if
                                                    effectiveness, for minimizing the                          • Name and type of vessel involved;                available) or other documentation of the
                                                    adverse effects of the action on ESA-                      • Vessel’s speed during and leading                stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
                                                    listed marine mammals.                                  up to the incident;                                   the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51012                                     Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    Estimated Take by Incidental                                                mammal or marine mammal stock in the                            some marine mammals. NMFS believes
                                                    Harassment                                                                  wild by causing disruption of behavioral                        that take from the operation of the
                                                                                                                                patterns, including, but not limited to,                        vibracore is unlikely but possible and is
                                                      Except with respect to certain                                            migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,                        issuing take at the request of the
                                                    activities not pertinent here, the MMPA                                     feeding, or sheltering [Level B                                 applicant. Thus, NMFS proposes to
                                                    defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: any act of                                       harassment].                                                    authorize take by Level B harassment
                                                    pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)                                      Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased                             resulting from the operation of the
                                                    has the potential to injure a marine                                        underwater sound) generated during the                          sound sources for the proposed survey
                                                    mammal or marine mammal stock in the                                        operation of the airgun or the sub-
                                                                                                                                                                                                based upon the current acoustic
                                                    wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has                                      bottom profiler have the potential to
                                                                                                                                                                                                exposure criteria shown in Table 3.
                                                    the potential to disturb a marine                                           result in the behavioral disturbance of

                                                                                                             TABLE 3—NMFS’ CURRENT ACOUSTIC EXPOSURE CRITERIA
                                                                                  Criterion                                                            Criterion definition                                         Threshold

                                                    Level A Harassment (Injury) ..............................                   Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS) (Any level                     180 dB re 1 microPa-m (cetaceans)/190 dB re
                                                                                                                                   above that which is known to cause TTS).                       1 microPa-m (pinnipeds) root mean square
                                                                                                                                                                                                  (rms)
                                                    Level B Harassment ..........................................                Behavioral Disruption (for impulse noises) Be-                 160 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms) 120 dB re 1
                                                                                                                                   havioral Disruption (for continuous noises).                   microPa-m (rms)



                                                      NMFS’ practice is to apply the 120 or                                     each species by the daily ensonified                            Ensonified Area
                                                    160 dB re: 1 mPa received level                                             area, and then multiplying that figure by                         The ZOI is the area ensonified by a
                                                    threshold (whichever is appropriate) for                                    the number of days each sound source                            particular sound source greater than
                                                    underwater impulse sound levels to                                          is estimated to be in use. The chirp and                        threshold levels (120 dB for continuous
                                                    determine whether take by Level B                                           boomer activities were combined into                            and 160 dB for impulsive). The radius
                                                    harassment occurs.                                                          one calculation because they will be                            of the ZOI for a particular equipment
                                                      All four types of survey equipment                                        operating concurrently, using the daily                         was determined by applying the source
                                                    addressed in the application will be                                        ensonified area of the boomer, as it is a                       sound pressure levels described in
                                                    operated from the geophysical source                                        slightly larger isopleth. The exposure                          Table 6 of the application to Collins et
                                                    vessels that will either be moving                                          estimates for each activity were then                           al.’s (2007) attenuation model of 18.4
                                                    steadily across the ocean surface                                           summed to provide total exposures for                           Log(r)¥0.00188 derived from Cook
                                                    (chirper, boomer, airgun), or from                                          the duration of the project. The                                Inlet. For those equipment generating
                                                    station to station (vibracoring). The                                       exposure estimates for the activity are                         loud underwater sound within the
                                                    numbers of marine mammals that might                                        detailed below. Although NMFS                                   audible hearing range of marine
                                                    be exposed to sound pressure levels                                         believes that take of marine mammals                            mammals (<200 kHz), the distance to
                                                    exceeding NMFS Level B harassment                                           from vibracore is extremely unlikely, it                        threshold ranges between 184 m (604 ft)
                                                    threshold levels due to G&G surveys,                                        has been included in this authorization                         and 2.54 km (1.58 mi), with ZOIs
                                                    without mitigation, were determined by                                      out of an abundance of caution and at                           ranging between 0.106 and 20.26 km2
                                                    multiplying the average raw density for                                     the request of the applicant.                                   (0.041–7.82 mi2) (Table 4).

                                                                                  TABLE 4—SUMMARY OF DISTANCES TO THE NMFS THRESHOLDS AND ASSOCIATED ZOIS
                                                                                                                                                                             Distance to       Distance to                         120 dB
                                                                                                                                                                               160 dB            120 dB            160 dB            ZOI
                                                                                                Survey equipment                                                              isopleth 1        isopleth 1         ZOI km2           km2
                                                                                                                                                                                  m                 km              (mi2)           (mi2)
                                                                                                                                                                                 (ft)              (mi)

                                                    Sub-bottom Profiler (Chirp) ..............................................................................                     184 (604)            N/A       0.106 (0.041)           N/A
                                                    Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer) ..........................................................................                        263 (863)            N/A       0.217 (0.084)           N/A
                                                    Airgun ...............................................................................................................         300 (984)            N/A       0.283 (0.109)           N/A
                                                    Vibracore ..........................................................................................................                 N/A     2.54 (1.58)                N/A   20.26 (7.82)
                                                       1 Calculated       by applying Collins et al. (2007) spreading formula to source levels in Table 2.


                                                    Marine Mammal Densities                                                     Harbor Porpoise, Killer Whale, Harbor                           et al. 2012) and compiled by Apache,
                                                                                                                                Seal                                                            Inc. (Apache IHA application 2014). To
                                                      Density estimates were derived for                                                                                                        estimate the average raw densities of
                                                    harbor porpoises, killer whales, and                                           Density estimates were calculated for                        marine mammals, the total number of
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    harbor seals from NMFS 2002–2012                                            all marine mammals (except beluga                               animals for each species observed over
                                                    Cook Inlet survey data as described                                         whales) by using aerial survey data                             the 11-year survey period was divided
                                                    below in Section 6.1.2.1 and shown in                                       collected by NMFS in Cook Inlet                                 by the total area of 65,889 km2 (25,540
                                                    Table 8. The beluga whale exposure                                          between 2002 and 2012 (Rugh et al.                              mi2) surveyed over the 11 years. The
                                                    estimates were calculated using density                                     2002, 2003, 2004a, 2004b, 2005a, 2005b,                         aerial survey marine mammal sightings,
                                                    estimates from Goetz et al. (2012) as                                       2005c, 2006, 2007; Shelden et al. 2008,                         survey effort (area), and derived average
                                                    described in Section 6.1.2.2.                                               2009, 2010; Hobbs et al. 2011, Shelden                          raw densities are provided in Table 5.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:09 Aug 20, 2015          Jkt 235001       PO 00000       Frm 00024        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                                                        51013

                                                               TABLE 5—RAW DENSITY ESTIMATES FOR COOK INLET MARINE MAMMALS BASED ON NMFS AERIAL SURVEYS
                                                                                                                                                                                                           NMFS survey             Mean raw density
                                                                                                                                                                                        Number of
                                                                                                           Species                                                                                          area km 2                animals/km 2
                                                                                                                                                                                         animals              (mi 2)                (animals/mi 2)

                                                    Harbor Porpoise .........................................................................................................                     249       65,889 (25,440)          0.0033 (0.0098)
                                                    Killer Whale 1 .............................................................................................................                   42       65,889 (25,440)          0.0008 (0.0017)
                                                    Harbor Seal ................................................................................................................               16,117       65,889 (25,440)             0.28 (0.6335)
                                                       1 Density     is for all killer whales regardless of the stock although all killer whales in the upper Cook Inlet are thought to be transient.


                                                      These raw densities were not                                            the most comprehensive available for                               beluga whales during the summer
                                                    corrected for animals missed during the                                   Cook Inlet harbor seals and therefore                              months. To develop a density estimate
                                                    aerial surveys as no accurate correction                                  constitute the best available science.                             associated with planned action areas
                                                    factors are currently available for these                                                                                                    (i.e., Marine Terminal and pipeline
                                                                                                                              Beluga Whale
                                                    species; however, observer error may be                                                                                                      survey areas), the ensonified area
                                                    limited as the NMFS surveyors often                                         Goetz et al. (2012) modeled aerial                               associated with each activity was
                                                    circled marine mammal groups to get an                                    survey data collected by the NMFS                                  overlain a map of the 1-km density cells,
                                                    accurate count of group size. The harbor                                  between 1993 and 2008 and developed                                the cells falling within each ensonified
                                                    seal densities are probably biased                                        specific beluga summer densities for                               area were quantified, and an average
                                                    upwards given that a large number of                                      each 1-km2 cell of Cook Inlet. The                                 cell density was calculated. The
                                                    the animals recorded were of large                                        results provide a more precise estimate                            summary of the density results is found
                                                    groups hauled out at river mouths, and                                    of beluga density at a given location                              in Table 9 in the application. The
                                                    do not represent the distribution in the                                  than simply multiplying all aerial                                 associated ensonified areas and beluga
                                                    waters where the G&G activity will                                        observations by the total survey effort                            density contours relative to the action
                                                    actually occur. However, these data are                                   given the clumped distribution of                                  areas are shown in Table 6.

                                                     TABLE 6—MEAN RAW DENSITIES OF BELUGA WHALES WITHIN THE ACTION AREAS BASED ON GOETZ et al. (2012) COOK
                                                                                   INLET BELUGA WHALE DISTRIBUTION MODELING
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Mean density              Density range
                                                                                                      Action area                                                                  Number of cells        (animals/km2)             (animals/km2)

                                                    Marine Terminal Survey Area ..............................................................................                                  386                0.000166       0.000021–0.001512
                                                    Pipeline Survey Area ...........................................................................................                            571                0.011552       0.000275–0.156718



                                                    Activity Duration                                                         intermittently over approximately 14                               number of instances of take, it is likely
                                                      The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program is                                      days. The applicant provided an                                    an overestimate of the number of
                                                    expected to require approximately 12                                      estimate of 50 miles per day that the                              individual marine mammals taken
                                                    weeks (84 days) to complete. During                                       survey vessel could travel.                                        because it assumes that entirely new
                                                    approximately 63 of these days, the                                       Exposure Calculations                                              individuals are taken on subsequent
                                                    chirp and boomer sub-bottom profiler                                                                                                         days and that no animals are taken more
                                                    will produce the loudest sound levels.                                      The numbers of marine mammals that                               than once. The chirp and boomer
                                                    Airgun use will occur during                                              might be exposed to sound pressure                                 activities were combined to calculate
                                                    approximately 7 days and will occur                                       levels exceeding NMFS Level B                                      exposure from days of activities in the
                                                    only near the proposed Marine                                             harassment threshold levels due to G&G                             Upper Cook Inlet area and the Lower
                                                    Terminal. The airgun activity will occur                                  surveys, without mitigation, were                                  Cook Inlet area because they will be
                                                    during the summer when beluga whale                                       determined by multiplying the average                              operating concurrently. The exposure
                                                    use of Cook Inlet is primarily                                            raw density for each species by the daily                          estimates for each activity were then
                                                    concentrated near the Susitna Delta,                                      ensonified area, then multiplying by the                           summed to provide total exposures for
                                                    approximately 65 km (40 mi) north of                                      number of days each sound source is                                the duration of the project. The
                                                    the airgun survey area. Vibracoring,                                      estimated to be in use. While this                                 exposure estimates for the activity are
                                                    with its large ZOI, will occur                                            method produces a good estimate of the                             detailed below.

                                                                                                                       TABLE 7—EXPOSURE ESTIMATES FOR ACTIVITY
                                                                                                                     Boomer—                Boomer—                                    Vibracore—     Vibracore—
                                                               Species                         Density                                                               Airgun                                               Total        Authorization
                                                                                                                      Upper                  Lower                                        Upper          Lower
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Beluga ........................       0.0012 .00017                      18.18                   0.18                  0.056              5.15           0.11            23.69                24
                                                    Killer whale .................              0.00082                       1.29                   0.91                   0.28              0.37           0.55             3.39                 5
                                                    Harbor seal ................                    0.28                    444.52                 312.37                  95.99            125.92         188.89         1,167.68             1,168
                                                    Harbor porpoise .........                    0.0033                       5.18                   3.64                   1.12              1.47           2.20            13.60                20



                                                     NMFS recognizes that in addition to                                      other factors that contribute to an                                that many of these technologies will be
                                                    what was mentioned above, there are                                       overestimate of exposures,, e.g., the fact                         operating simultaneously, and not



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:09 Aug 20, 2015        Jkt 235001       PO 00000       Frm 00025       Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51014                                    Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    exposing animals in separate instances                                    180 dB/190 dB isopleths are incredibly                  these takes can be avoided. The only
                                                    for the duration of the survey period.                                    small, ranging from 0 to 26 meters. The                 technology that would not shutdown is
                                                    Additionally, the beamwidth and tilt                                      number of exposures, without                            the vibracore, which has a distance to
                                                    angle of the sub-bottom profiler are not                                  accounting for mitigation or likely                     Level A isopleth (180 dB) of 3 meters.
                                                    factored into the characterization of the                                 avoidance of louder sounds, is small for                Therefore, authorization of Level A take
                                                    sound field, making it conservative and                                   these zones, and with mitigation and the                is not necessary.
                                                    large, creating additional overestimates                                  likelihood of detecting marine mammals
                                                    in take estimation.                                                                                                                  NMFS will authorize the following
                                                                                                                              within this small area combined with                    takes by Level B harassment:
                                                      The possibility of Level A exposure
                                                                                                                              the likelihood of avoidance, it is likely
                                                    was analyzed, however the distances to

                                                                                                                                        TABLE 8—AUTHORIZATIONS
                                                                                                                                                 Exposure            Take             Percent of stock or
                                                                                          Species                                                                                                                          Population trend
                                                                                                                                                 estimate          authorized             population

                                                    Beluga ..................................................................................          23.69                  24   7.06 .............................   Decreasing.
                                                    Killer whale ...........................................................................            3.39                   5   1.44 transient ..............        Transient—Stable.
                                                    Harbor seal ...........................................................................         1,167.68               1,168   5.10 .............................   Stable.
                                                    Harbor porpoise ....................................................................               13.60                  20   0.064 ...........................    No reliable info.



                                                    Analysis and Determinations                                                  • The number, nature, and intensity,                 proposed activity, the low source levels
                                                                                                                              and duration of Level B harassment; and                 for many of the technologies proposed
                                                    Negligible Impact
                                                                                                                                 • The context in which the takes                     to be used, as well as the required
                                                       Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact                                       occur (e.g., impacts to areas of                        mitigation. The technologies do not
                                                    resulting from the specified activity that                                significance, impacts to local                          operate continuously over a 24-hour
                                                    cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                                  populations, and cumulative impacts                     period. Rather, airguns are operational
                                                    not reasonably likely to, adversely affect                                when taking into account successive/                    for a few hours at a time for 7 days, with
                                                    the species or stock through effects on                                   contemporaneous actions when added                      the sub-bottom profiler chirp and
                                                    annual rates of recruitment or survival’’                                 to baseline data);                                      boomer operating for 63 days, and the
                                                    (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of likely                                         • The status of stock or species of                  vibracore operating over 14 days.
                                                    adverse effects on annual rates of                                        marine mammals (i.e., depleted, not                        The addition of five vessels, and noise
                                                    recruitment or survival (i.e., population                                 depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable,               due to vessel operations associated with
                                                    level effects) forms the basis of a                                       impact relative to the size of the                      the survey, would not be outside the
                                                    negligible impact finding. Thus, an                                       population);                                            present experience of marine mammals
                                                    estimate of the number of takes, alone,                                      • Impacts on habitat affecting rates of              in Cook Inlet, although levels may
                                                    is not enough information on which to                                     recruitment/survival; and                               increase locally. Potential impacts to
                                                    base an impact determination. In                                             • The effectiveness of monitoring and                marine mammal habitat were discussed
                                                    addition to considering estimates of the                                  mitigation measures to reduce the                       previously in this document (see the
                                                    number of marine mammals that might                                       number or severity of incidental take.                  ‘‘Anticipated Effects on Habitat’’
                                                    be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral                                              As discussed in the Potential Effects                section). Although some disturbance is
                                                    harassment, NMFS must consider other                                      section, temporary or permanent                         possible to food sources of marine
                                                    factors, such as the likely nature of any                                 threshold shift, non-auditory physical or               mammals, the impacts are anticipated to
                                                    responses (their intensity, duration,                                     physiological effects, ship strike,                     be minor enough as to not affect annual
                                                    etc.), the context of any responses                                       entanglement are not expected to occur.                 rates of recruitment or survival of
                                                    (critical reproductive time or location,                                  Given the required mitigation and                       marine mammals in the area. Based on
                                                    migration, etc.), as well as the number                                   related monitoring, no injuries or                      the size of Cook Inlet where feeding by
                                                    and nature of estimated Level A                                           mortalities are anticipated to occur to                 marine mammals occurs versus the
                                                    harassment takes, the number of                                           any species as a result of EMALL’s                      localized area of the marine survey
                                                    estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,                                proposed survey in Cook Inlet, and none                 activities, any missed feeding
                                                    and the status of the species.                                            are authorized. Animals in the area are                 opportunities in the direct project area
                                                       To avoid repetition, except where                                      not expected to incur hearing                           would be minor based on the fact that
                                                    otherwise identified, the discussion of                                   impairment (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-                   other feeding areas exist elsewhere.
                                                    our analyses applies to all the species                                   auditory physiological effects due to                      Taking into account the mitigation
                                                    listed in Table 8, given that the                                         low source levels and the fact that most                measures that are planned, effects on
                                                    anticipated effects of this project on                                    marine mammals would more likely                        cetaceans are generally expected to be
                                                    marine mammals are expected to be                                         avoid a loud sound source rather than                   restricted to avoidance of a limited area
                                                    relatively similar in nature. Where there                                 swim in such close proximity as to                      around the survey operation and short-
                                                    is information about specific impacts to,                                 result in TTS or PTS. The most likely                   term changes in behavior, falling within
                                                    or about the size, status, or structure of,                               effect from the proposed action is                      the MMPA definition of ‘‘Level B
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    any species or stock that would lead to                                   localized, short-term behavioral                        harassment.’’ Shut-downs are required
                                                    a different analysis for this activity,                                   disturbance from active acoustic                        for belugas and groups of killer whales
                                                    species-specific factors are identified                                   sources. The number of takes that are                   or harbor porpoises when they approach
                                                    and analyzed.                                                             anticipated and authorized are expected                 the 160dB disturbance zone, to further
                                                       In making a negligible impact                                          to be limited to short-term Level B                     reduce potential impacts to these
                                                    determination, NMFS considers:                                            behavioral harassment for all stocks for                populations. Visual observation by
                                                       • The number of anticipated injuries,                                  which take is authorized. This is largely               trained PSOs is also implemented to
                                                    serious injuries, or mortalities;                                         due to the short time scale of the                      reduce the impact of the proposed


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:09 Aug 20, 2015        Jkt 235001       PO 00000       Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM      21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                           51015

                                                    activity by informing operators of                         Given the large number of vessels in               will minimize the amount of take to the
                                                    marine mammals approaching the                          Cook Inlet and the apparent habituation               local harbor porpoise population. This
                                                    relevant disturbance or injury zones.                   to vessels by Cook Inlet beluga whales                mitigation as well as the short duration
                                                    Animals are not expected to                             and the other marine mammals that may                 and low source levels of the proposed
                                                    permanently abandon any area that is                    occur in the area, vessel activity from               activity will reduce the impact to the
                                                    surveyed, and any behaviors that are                    the two source vessels, tug and jack-up               harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet.
                                                    interrupted during the activity are                     rig and associated vessel noise is not
                                                                                                                                                                  Harbor Seal
                                                    expected to resume once the activity                    expected to have effects that could
                                                    ceases. Only a small portion of marine                  cause significant or long-term                           The authorization of take by Level B
                                                    mammal habitat will be affected at any                  consequences for individual marine                    harassment for 1,168 harbor seals
                                                    time, and other areas within Cook Inlet                 mammals or their populations, given                   represents only 5.1% of a stable
                                                    will be available for necessary biological              that vessels will operate for a maximum               population. Observations during other
                                                    functions.                                              of 84 days.                                           anthropogenic activities in Cook Inlet
                                                       Odontocete (including Cook Inlet                        In addition, NMFS has seasonally                   have reported large congregations of
                                                    beluga whales, killer whales, and harbor                restricted survey operations in the area              harbor seals hauling out in upper Cook
                                                    porpoises) reactions to seismic energy                  known to be important for beluga whale                Inlet. However, mitigation measures,
                                                    pulses are usually assumed to be limited                feeding, calving, or nursing. The                     such as vessel speed, course alteration,
                                                    to shorter distances from the airgun(s)                 primary location for these biological life            and visual monitoring, and time-area
                                                    than are those of mysticetes, in part                   functions occurs in the Susitna Delta                 restrictions will be implemented to help
                                                    because odontocete low-frequency                        region of upper Cook Inlet. NMFS                      reduce impacts to the animals.
                                                    hearing is assumed to be less sensitive                 required EMALL to implement a 16 km                   Additionally, this activity does not
                                                    than that of mysticetes. This                           (10 mi) seasonal exclusion from survey                encompass a large number of known
                                                    information supports the idea that the                  operations in this region from April 15-              harbor seal haulouts, particularly as this
                                                    numerated takes for odonotocetes are                    October 15. The highest concentrations                activity proposes operations traversing
                                                    likely on the lower end of severity in the              of belugas are typically found in this                across the Inlet, as opposed to entirely
                                                    terms of responses that rise to the level               area from early May through September                 nearshore activities. While some harbor
                                                    of a take.                                              each year. NMFS has incorporated a 2-                 seals will likely be exposed, the
                                                                                                            week buffer on each end of this seasonal              required mitigation along with their
                                                    Beluga Whales                                                                                                 smaller aggregations in water than on
                                                                                                            use timeframe to account for any
                                                       Cook Inlet beluga whales are listed as               anomalies in distribution and marine                  shore should minimize impacts to the
                                                    endangered under the ESA. This stock                    mammal usage.                                         harbor seal population. Additionally,
                                                    is also considered depleted under the                                                                         the short duration of the survey, and the
                                                    MMPA. The estimated annual rate of                      Killer Whales                                         use of visual observers to inform
                                                    decline for Cook Inlet beluga whales                       The authorization of take by Level B               shutdowns and ramp up delays should
                                                    was 0.6 percent between 2002 and 2012.                  harassment of 5 killer whales represents              further reduce the severity of behavioral
                                                    The authorization of take by Level B                    only 1.44 percent of the population.                  reactions to Cook Inlet harbor seals.
                                                    harassment of 24 Cook Inlet beluga                      Killer whales are not encountered as                  Therefore, the exposure of pinnipeds to
                                                    whales represents 7.06 percent of the                   frequently in Cook Inlet as some of the               sounds produced by this phase of
                                                    population.                                             other species in this analysis, however               EMALL’s proposed survey is not
                                                       Belugas in the Canadian Beaufort Sea                 when sighted they are usually in groups.              anticipated to have an effect on annual
                                                    in summer appear to be fairly                           The addition of a mitigation measure to               rates of recruitment or survival on those
                                                    responsive to seismic energy, with few                  shutdown if a group of 5 or more killer               species or stocks.
                                                    being sighted within 10–20 km (6–12                     whales is seen approaching the 160 dB                    Based on the analysis contained
                                                    mi) of seismic vessels during aerial                    zone is intended to minimize any                      herein of the likely effects of the
                                                    surveys (Miller et al., 2005). However,                 impact to an aggregation of killer whales             specified activity on marine mammals
                                                    as noted above, Cook Inlet belugas are                  if encountered. The killer whales in the              and their habitat, and taking into
                                                    more accustomed to anthropogenic                        survey area are also thought to be                    consideration the implementation of the
                                                    sound than beluga whales in the                         transient killer whales and therefore                 required monitoring and mitigation
                                                    Beaufort Sea. Therefore, the results from               rely on the habitat in the EMALL survey               measures, NMFS finds that the total
                                                    the Beaufort Sea surveys do not directly                area less than other resident species.                annual marine mammal take from
                                                    translate to potential reactions of Cook                                                                      EMALL’s proposed survey will have a
                                                    Inlet beluga whales. Also, due to the                   Harbor Porpoise                                       negligible impact on the affected marine
                                                    dispersed distribution of beluga whales                    The authorization of take by Level B               mammal species or stocks (see Table 8).
                                                    in Cook Inlet during winter and the                     harassment for 20 harbor porpoises                       Although NMFS believes it is unlikely
                                                    concentration of beluga whales in upper                 represents only 0.064 percent of the                  the operation of the vibracore would
                                                    Cook Inlet from late April through early                population. Harbor porpoises are among                result in the take of marine mammals
                                                    fall, belugas would likely occur in small               the most sensitive marine mammal                      and did not propose to authorize take by
                                                    numbers in the majority of EMALL’s                      species with regard to behavioral                     vibracore in the Federal Register notice
                                                    proposed survey area during the                         response and anthropogenic noise. They                of the proposed Authorization, we note
                                                    majority of EMALL’s annual operational                  are known to exhibit behavioral                       here that take from vibracoring activities
                                                    timeframe of August through December.                   responses to operation of seismic                     has been included in the Final
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    For the same reason, as well as the                     airguns, pingers, and other technologies              Authorization out of an abundance of
                                                    mitigation measure that requires                        at low thresholds. However, they are                  caution and at the request of the
                                                    shutting down for belugas seen                          abundant in Cook Inlet and therefore the              applicant. Take by Level B harassment
                                                    approaching the 160dB disturbance                       authorized take is unlikely to affect                 from vibracoring accounts for
                                                    zone, and the likelihood of avoidance at                recruitment or status of the population               approximately 25 percent of the take
                                                    high levels, it is unlikely that animals                in any way. In addition, mitigation                   authorized for the entire survey, ranging
                                                    would be exposed to received levels                     measures include shutdowns for groups                 from 0.9 killer whales to 313 harbor
                                                    capable of causing injury.                              of more than 5 harbor porpoises that                  seals. The vibracoring activity is


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51016                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    proposed to occur at 55 locations across                that the numbers of animals likely to be              beluga whales over the prior five-year
                                                    the Inlet from the Forelands, north to                  taken are small.                                      interval is below 350 whales. Harvest
                                                    the upper end of Cook Inlet. However,                                                                         levels for the current 5-year planning
                                                                                                            Impact on Availability of Affected
                                                    the actual noise-producing activity will                                                                      interval (2013–2017) are zero because
                                                                                                            Species for Taking for Subsistence Uses
                                                    only occur for only 90 seconds at a time,                                                                     the average stock abundance for the
                                                    during which PSOs will be observing for                 Relevant Subsistence Uses                             previous five-year period (2008–2012)
                                                    marine mammals. The limited scope                          The subsistence harvest of marine                  was below 350 whales. Based on the
                                                    and duration of vibracoring makes it                    mammals transcends the nutritional and                average abundance over the 2002–2007
                                                    extremely unlikely that take by Level B                 economic values attributed to the                     period, no hunt occurred between 2008
                                                    harassment would occur during the                       animal and is an integral part of the                 and 2012 (NMFS, 2008a). The Cook
                                                    vibracore portion of the operation.                     cultural identity of the region’s Alaska              Inlet Marine Mammal Council, which
                                                    Nonetheless, we included the potential                  Native communities. Inedible parts of                 managed the Alaska Native Subsistence
                                                    take from vibracore in our analysis                                                                           fishery with NMFS, was disbanded by a
                                                                                                            the whale provide Native artisans with
                                                    above, and as we indicated, we found                                                                          unanimous vote of the Tribes’
                                                                                                            materials for cultural handicrafts, and
                                                    that there would be a negligible impact                                                                       representatives on June 20, 2012. At this
                                                                                                            the hunting itself perpetuates Native
                                                    on the affect species or stocks from the                                                                      time, no harvest is expected in 2015 or,
                                                                                                            traditions by transmitting traditional
                                                    total takes, including any that are                                                                           likely, in 2016.
                                                                                                            skills and knowledge to younger                          Data on the harvest of other marine
                                                    authorized for vibracore.                               generations (NOAA, 2007).                             mammals in Cook Inlet are lacking.
                                                    Small Numbers Analysis                                     The Cook Inlet beluga whale has
                                                                                                                                                                  Some data are available on the
                                                                                                            traditionally been hunted by Alaska
                                                       The requested takes authorized                                                                             subsistence harvest of harbor seals,
                                                                                                            Natives for subsistence purposes. For
                                                    annually represent 7.06 percent of the                                                                        harbor porpoises, and killer whales in
                                                                                                            several decades prior to the 1980s, the               Alaska in the marine mammal stock
                                                    Cook Inlet beluga whale population of                   Native Village of Tyonek residents were
                                                    approximately 340 animals (Allen and                                                                          assessments. However, these numbers
                                                                                                            the primary subsistence hunters of Cook               are for the Gulf of Alaska including
                                                    Angliss, 2014), 1.44 percent of the Gulf                Inlet beluga whales. During the 1980s
                                                    of Alaska, Aleutian Island and Bering                                                                         Cook Inlet, and they are not indicative
                                                                                                            and 1990s, Alaska Natives from villages               of the harvest in Cook Inlet.
                                                    Sea stock of killer whales (345                         in the western, northwestern, and North                  There is a low level of subsistence
                                                    transients), and 0.064 percent of the                   Slope regions of Alaska either moved to               hunting for harbor seals in Cook Inlet.
                                                    Gulf of Alaska stock of approximately                   or visited the south central region and               Seal hunting occurs opportunistically
                                                    31,046 harbor porpoises. The take                       participated in the yearly subsistence                among Alaska Natives who may be
                                                    requests presented for harbor seals                     harvest (Stanek, 1994). From 1994 to                  fishing or travelling in the upper Inlet
                                                    represent 5.02 percent of the Cook Inlet/               1998, NMFS estimated 65 whales per                    near the mouths of the Susitna River,
                                                    Shelikof stock of approximately 22,900                  year (range 21–123) were taken in this                Beluga River, and Little Susitna. Some
                                                    animals. These take estimates represent                 harvest, including those successfully                 detailed information on the subsistence
                                                    small numbers relative to the affected                  taken for food and those struck and lost.             harvest of harbor seals is available from
                                                    species or stock sizes as shown in Table                NMFS concluded that this number was                   past studies conducted by the Alaska
                                                    8.                                                      high enough to account for the                        Department of Fish & Game (Wolfe et
                                                       In addition to the quantitative                      estimated 14 percent annual decline in                al., 2009). In 2008, 33 harbor seals were
                                                    methods used to estimate take, NMFS                     the population during this time (Hobbs                taken for harvest in the Upper Kenai-
                                                    also considered qualitative factors that                et al., 2008). Actual mortality may have              Cook Inlet area. In the same study,
                                                    further support the ‘‘small numbers’’                   been higher, given the difficulty of                  reports from hunters stated that harbor
                                                    determination, including: (1) The                       estimating the number of whales struck                seal populations in the area were
                                                    seasonal distribution and habitat use                   and lost during the hunts. In 1999, a                 increasing (28.6%) or remaining stable
                                                    patterns of Cook Inlet beluga whales,                   moratorium was enacted (Pub. L. 106–                  (71.4%). The specific hunting regions
                                                    which suggest that for much of the time                 31) prohibiting the subsistence take of               identified were Anchorage, Homer,
                                                    only a small portion of the population                  Cook Inlet beluga whales except through               Kenai, and Tyonek, and hunting
                                                    would be accessible to impacts from                     a cooperative agreement between NMFS                  generally peaks in March, September,
                                                    EMALL’s activity, as most animals are                   and the affected Alaska Native                        and November (Wolfe et al., 2009).
                                                    found in the Susitna Delta region of                    organizations. Since the Cook Inlet
                                                    Upper Cook Inlet from early May                         beluga whale harvest was regulated in                 Potential Impacts on Availability for
                                                    through September; (2) other cetacean                   1999 requiring cooperative agreements,                Subsistence Uses
                                                    species are not common in the survey                    five beluga whales have been struck and                  Section 101(a)(5)(D) also requires
                                                    area; (3) the required mitigation                       harvested. Those beluga whales were                   NMFS to determine that the taking will
                                                    requirements, which provide spatio-                     harvested in 2001 (one animal), 2002                  not have an unmitigable adverse effect
                                                    temporal limitations that avoid impacts                 (one animal), 2003 (one animal), and                  on the availability of marine mammal
                                                    to large numbers of belugas feeding and                 2005 (two animals). The Native Village                species or stocks for subsistence use.
                                                    calving in the Susitna Delta; (4) the                   of Tyonek agreed not to hunt or request               NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable adverse
                                                    required monitoring requirements and                    a hunt in 2007, when no co-                           impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
                                                    mitigation measures described earlier in                management agreement was to be signed                 resulting from the specified activity: (1)
                                                    this document for all marine mammal                     (NMFS, 2008a).                                        That is likely to reduce the availability
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    species that will reduce the amount of                     On October 15, 2008, NMFS                          of the species to a level insufficient for
                                                    takes; and (5) monitoring results from                  published a final rule that established               a harvest to meet subsistence needs by:
                                                    previous activities that indicated low                  long-term harvest limits on Cook Inlet                (i) Causing the marine mammals to
                                                    numbers of beluga whale sightings                       beluga whales that may be taken by                    abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii)
                                                    within the Level B disturbance                          Alaska Natives for subsistence purposes               Directly displacing subsistence users; or
                                                    exclusion zone and low levels of Level                  (73 FR 60976). That rule prohibits                    (iii) Placing physical barriers between
                                                    B harassment takes of other marine                      harvest for a 5-year interval period if the           the marine mammals and the
                                                    mammals. Therefore, NMFS determined                     average stock abundance of Cook Inlet                 subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices                                           51017

                                                    be sufficiently mitigated by other                      Inlet, the number of animals annually                 not anticipate that the authorized taking
                                                    measures to increase the availability of                harvested is low, and are primarily                   of affected species or stocks will reduce
                                                    marine mammals to allow subsistence                     harbor seals. Much of the harbor seal                 the availability of the species to a level
                                                    needs to be met.                                        harvest occurs incidental to other                    insufficient for a harvest to meet
                                                       The primary concern is the                           fishing and hunting activities, and at                subsistence needs by: (1) Causing the
                                                    disturbance of marine mammals through                   areas outside of the EMALL’s proposed                 marine mammals to abandon or avoid
                                                    the introduction of anthropogenic sound                 survey areas such as the Susitna Delta                hunting areas; (2) directly displacing
                                                    into the marine environment during the                  or the west side of lower Cook Inlet.                 subsistence users; or (3) placing
                                                    proposed survey. Marine mammals                         Also, EMALL is unlikely to conduct                    physical barriers between the marine
                                                    could be behaviorally harassed and                      activity in the vicinity of any of the river          mammals and the subsistence hunters;
                                                    either become more difficult to hunt or                 mouths where large numbers of seals                   and that cannot be sufficiently mitigated
                                                    temporarily abandon traditional hunting                 haul out.                                             by other measures to increase the
                                                    grounds. However, the proposed survey                      EMALL and NMFS recognize the
                                                                                                            importance of ensuring that Alaska                    availability of marine mammals to allow
                                                    will not have any impacts to beluga
                                                    harvests as none currently occur in                     Natives and federally recognized tribes               subsistence needs to be met. Based on
                                                    Cook Inlet. Additionally, subsistence                   are informed, engaged, and involved                   the description of the specified activity,
                                                    harvests of other marine mammal                         during the permitting process and will                the measures described to minimize
                                                    species are limited in Cook Inlet.                      continue to work with the Alaska                      adverse effects on the availability of
                                                                                                            Natives and tribes to discuss operations              marine mammals for subsistence
                                                    Plan of Cooperation or Measures To                                                                            purposes, and the required mitigation
                                                                                                            and activities.
                                                    Minimize Impacts to Subsistence Hunts                      Prior to offshore activities EMALL                 and monitoring measures, NMFS has
                                                       The entire upper Cook unit and a                     was to consult with nearby communities                determined that there will not be an
                                                    portion of the lower Cook unit falls                    such as Tyonek, Salamatof, and the                    unmitigable adverse impact on
                                                    north of 60° N., or within the region                   Kenaitze Indian Tribe to attend and                   subsistence uses from EMALL’s
                                                    NMFS has designated as an Arctic                        present the program description prior to              proposed activities.
                                                    subsistence use area. EMALL provided                    operations within those areas. These
                                                    detailed information in Section 8 of                    meetings were conducted and no issues                 Endangered Species Act
                                                    their application regarding their plan to               related to subsistence use of marine                     There is one marine mammal species
                                                    cooperate with local subsistence users                  mammals was raised.                                   listed as endangered under the ESA
                                                    and stakeholders regarding the potential                   If a conflict does occur with project
                                                    effects of their proposed activity. There                                                                     with confirmed or possible occurrence
                                                                                                            activities involving subsistence or
                                                    are several villages in EMALL’s                         fishing, the project manager will                     in the project area: The Cook Inlet
                                                    proposed project area that have                         immediately contact the affected party                beluga whale. In addition, the action
                                                    traditionally hunted marine mammals,                    to resolve the conflict.                              could occur within 10 miles of
                                                    primarily harbor seals. Tyonek is the                                                                         designated critical habitat for the Cook
                                                                                                            Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                   Inlet beluga whale. NMFS’s Permits and
                                                    only tribal village in upper Cook Inlet
                                                    with a tradition of hunting marine                      and Determination                                     Conservation Division has initiated
                                                    mammals, in this case harbor seals and                     The project will not have any effect               consultation with NMFS’ Alaska Region
                                                    beluga whales. However, for either                      on beluga whale harvests because no                   Protected Resources Division under
                                                    species the annual recorded harvest                     beluga harvest will take place in 2015.               section 7 of the ESA. This consultation
                                                    since the 1980s has averaged about one                  Additionally, the proposed seismic                    concluded on August 13, 2015, when a
                                                    or fewer of either species (Fall et al.                 survey area is not an important native                Biological Opinion was issued. The
                                                    1984, Wolfe et al. 2009, SRBA and HC                    subsistence site for other subsistence                Biological Opinion determined that the
                                                    2011), and there is currently a                         species of marine mammals thus, the                   issuance of an IHA is not likely to
                                                    moratorium on subsistence harvest of                    number harvested is expected to be                    jeapordize the continued existence of
                                                    belugas. Further, many of the seals that                extremely low. The timing and location                the Cook Inlet beluga whales or destroy
                                                    are harvested are done incidentally to                  of subsistence harvest of Cook Inlet                  or adversely modify Cook Inlet beluga
                                                    salmon fishing or moose hunting (Fall et                harbor seals may coincide with                        whale critical habitat. Finally, the
                                                    al. 1984, Merrill and Orpheim 2013),                    EMALL’s project, but because this                     Alaska region issued an Incidental Take
                                                    often near the mouths of the Susitna                    subsistence hunt is conducted                         Statement (ITS) for Cook Inlet beluga
                                                    Delta rivers (Fall et al. 1984) north of                opportunistically and at such a low                   whales. The ITS contains reasonable
                                                    EMALL’s proposed seismic survey area.                   level (NMFS, 2013c), EMALL’s program                  and prudent measures implemented by
                                                       Villages in lower Cook Inlet adjacent                is not expected to have an impact on the              the terms and conditions to minimize
                                                    to EMALL’s proposed survey area                         subsistence use of harbor seals.                      the effect of this take.
                                                    (Kenai, Salamatof, and Nikiski) have                    Moreover, the proposed survey would
                                                    either not traditionally hunted beluga                  result in only temporary disturbances.                National Environmental Policy Act
                                                    whales, or at least not in recent years,                Accordingly, the specified activity
                                                    and rarely do they harvest sea lions.                   would not impact the availability of                     NMFS prepared an EA that includes
                                                    These villages more commonly harvest                    these other marine mammal species for                 an analysis of potential environmental
                                                    harbor seals, with Kenai reporting an                   subsistence uses.                                     effects associated with NMFS’ issuance
                                                    average of about 13 per year between                       NMFS anticipates that any effects                  of an IHA to EMALL to take marine
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    1992 and 2008 (Wolfe et al. 2009).                      from EMALL’s proposed survey on                       mammals incidental to conducting a
                                                    According to Fall et al. (1984), many of                marine mammals, especially harbor                     geophysical and geotechnical survey
                                                    the seals harvested by hunters from                     seals and Cook Inlet beluga whales,                   program in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS
                                                    these villages were taken on the west                   which are or have been taken for                      has finalized the EA and prepared a
                                                    side of the inlet during hunting                        subsistence uses, would be short-term,                Finding of No Significant Impact for this
                                                    excursions for moose and black bears.                   site specific, and limited to                         action. Therefore, preparation of an
                                                       Although marine mammals remain an                    inconsequential changes in behavior                   Environmental Impact Statement is not
                                                    important subsistence resource in Cook                  and mild stress responses. NMFS does                  necessary.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2


                                                    51018                         Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 162 / Friday, August 21, 2015 / Notices

                                                    Authorization                                           geophysical and geotechnical survey in                  Dated: August 17, 2015.
                                                                                                            Cook Inlet, Alaska, provided the                      Donna S. Wieting,
                                                      As a result of these determinations,                  previously mentioned mitigation,                      Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                    NMFS has issued an IHA to Exxon                         monitoring, and reporting requirements                National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                    Mobil Alaska LNG LLC (EMALL) for                        are incorporated.                                     [FR Doc. 2015–20605 Filed 8–20–15; 8:45 am]
                                                    taking marine mammals incidental to a
                                                                                                                                                                  BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:09 Aug 20, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\21AUN2.SGM   21AUN2



Document Created: 2018-02-23 11:00:38
Document Modified: 2018-02-23 11:00:38
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.
DatesEffective August 14, 2015, through August 13, 2016.
ContactSara Young, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8484.
FR Citation80 FR 50990 
RIN Number0648-XE01

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR